2022-24 MBA Scheme and Syllabus

PG Autonomous Scheme and Syllabus
2022-24
Master of Business Administration
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Effective from Academic year 2022-23 )
Total No. Credit Distribution

Sl Core/Elective/Seminar/Lab/Project Total
Semester of
No Work & Internship Credits
Courses Credits
6-Core 20
1 I 9 2- Professional skills Enhancement 3 24
1- Ability Enhancement Program 1
6-Core 21
2 II 9 2- Professional skills Enhancement 3 24
1- Audit course 0
2-Core 8
2-Specilization Core 4+4
3 III 7 2-Specialization Elective 4+4 24
1- Audit Course 0
2-Core 4+4
2-Specilization Core 3+3

4 IV 7 2-Specialization Elective 3+3 28
Internship and Project 8

Total 100
I SEMESTER
Scheme of Teaching and Examination for MBA with effect from 2022-23
Contact Hours
Examination
Course
/ week
Area
Sl. Course Credits

Course Name Duration CIE SEE
No. Code L T P Total
(Hrs.) Marks Marks
Principles and Practices of
1 PC MPPBA101 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 3
Management
2 PC MMEBA102 Managerial Economics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 3
3 PC MIEBA103 Indian Economy and Policy 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 3
4 PC MOBBA104 Organizational Behaviour 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 3
Business Statistics and
5 PC MBSBA105 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
Analytics for Decision Making
6 PC MFRBA106 Financial Reporting and Analysis 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
7 SEC MOLBA107 Office Applications Tools 0 0 4 3 50 50 100 2
8 SEC MMLBA108 Managerial Communication – 1 0 0 2 2 50 50 100 1
Enterprise Analysis - Capstone
9 AEC MEABA189 0 0 2 2 50 50 100 1
Project
TOTAL 20 0 8 - 450 450 900 24
PC-Generic Core; SEC-Skill Enhancement Course; AEC-Ability Enhancement Course
• Bridge Course : Fundamentals of Accounting
II SEMESTER
Contact Hours /
Examination
week
Sl. Course
Course
Course Name Duration CIE SEE Credits

Area
No. Code L T P Total

(Hrs.) Marks Marks
1 PC MHRBA201 Human Resource Management 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 3

Business ethics and Corporate
2 PC MBEBA202 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 3
Social Responsibility
3 PC MMMBA203 Marketing Management 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 3
4 PC MORBA204 Operations Research 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
5 PC MFMBA205 Financial Management 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
6 PC MBRBA206 Business Research Methods 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
7 SEC MDLBA207 Data Analysis for Research 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 2
8 SEC MMLBA208 Managerial Communication - 2 0 0 2 2 50 50 100 1
9 AC MAEBA209 Leadership (NPTEL course) 0 0 2 2 50 NA 50 0
TOTAL 21 0 8 - 450 400 850 24
PC - Generic Core :: SEC - Skill Enhancement Program :: AC – Audit Course, IPR : Value additions course
III SEMESTER
Contact Cre
Examination
Course
Sl. Hours/Week dits

Area
Course Name
No. Course Code Duratio CIE SEE
L T P Total
n (Hrs.) Marks Marks
1 PC MSMBA301 Strategic Management 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
2 PC MDTBA302 Design Thinking & Innovation Management 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
Professional Elective - Core-I
3 PSC MXXBA313 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
(HR/MM/FM/BA/PM)
Professional Elective - Core-II
4 PSC MXXBA314 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
(HR/MM/FM/BA/PM)
Professional Specialization Elective-1
5 PSE MXXBA355X 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
(HR/MM/FM/BA/PM)
Professional Specialization Elective-2
6 PSE MXXBA356X 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
(HR/MM/FM/BA/PM
7 AC MAEBA308 Societal Project 0 0 2 2 50 NA 50 0
TOTAL 24 0 2 - 350 300 650 24
PC - Generic Core; PSC-Professional Specialization Core; PSE: Professional Specialization Elective; SEC - Skill Enhancement Course;
AC – Audit Course
Professional Specialization Elective -3 (Marketing) Professional Specialization Elective -3(Finance) Professional Specialization Elective -3(HR)
MMMBA355A Services Marketing MFMBA355A Direct Taxation MHRBA355A Compensation & Reward Management
MMMBA355B B2B Marketing Management MFMBA355B Strategic Cost Management MHRBA355B Advanced organizational Behavior
MMMBA356A Sales & Retail Management MFMBA356A Banking & Services MHRBA356A Industrial relations and legislations
Operations
MMMBA356B International Marketing MFMBA356B Introduction to Financial MHRBA356B Leadership and Development
Management Market & Services
IV SEMESTER
Contact
Examination
Course
Sl. Hours/Week Credi

Area
Course Name
No. Course Code Duration CIE SEE ts
L T P (Hrs.) Marks Marks
Total
1 PC MTBBA401 Technology in Business Management 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
2 PC MEDBA402 Entrepreneurship Development 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4
Professional Elective Core-1

3 PSC MXXBA413 2 0 2 3 50 50 100 3
(HR/MM/FM/BA/PM)
Professional Elective Core-2
4 PSC MXXBA414 2 0 2 3 50 50 100 3
(HR/MM/FM/BA/PM)
Professional Specialization Elective 1
5 PSE MXXBA455X 2 0 2 3 50 50 100 3
(HR/MM/FM/BA/PM)
Professional Specialization Elective 2
6 PSE MXXBA456X 2 0 2 2 50 50 100 3
(HR/MM/FM/BA/PM)
7 PRI MPRBA487 Internship and Project 0 0 16 2 50 100 150 8
Total 16 0 24 - 350 400 750 28
PC - Generic Core; PSC-Professional Specialization Core; PSE: Professional Specialization Elective; PRI - Project & Internship
MMMBA455A MFMBA455A Indirect Taxation MHRBA455A Personal Growth & Interpersonal
Strategic Brand Management
Effectiveness
MMMBA455B Integrated Marketing MFMBA455B Financial Derivatives MHRBA455B Conflict Management & Negotiation
Communication Techniques
MMMBA456A Rural Marketing MFMBA456A Mergers, Acquisition and MHRBA456A Competence Management
Corporate Restructuring
MMMBA456B Marketing for Tourism & MFMBA456B Fundamentals of financial MHRBA456B Organizational Change &
Hospitality analytics Development
List of Elective Subjects – Specialization
Marketing specialization
Specialization Courses Title - Semester: III
Sl. Course Course Name

Course Code Credits
No. Area (Marketing )
1 PSC MMMBA313 Consumer Behavior 4

2 PSC MMMBA314 Marketing Research & Analytics 4
MMMBA355A Services Marketing
3 PSE 4
MMMBA355B B2B Marketing Management
MMMBA356A Sales & Retail Management
4 PSE 4
MMMBA356B International Marketing Management
PSC-Professional Specialization Core; PSE: Professional Specialization Elective
Specialization Courses Title - Semester : IV
Sl Course
Course Code Course Name (Marketing ) Credits
No Area
1 PSC MMMBA413 Logistics and Supply Management 3

2 PSC MMMBA414 Digital Marketing and Social Media Management 3
MMMBA455A Strategic Brand Management
3 PSE 3
MMMBA455B Integrated Marketing Communication
MMMBA456A Rural Marketing
4 PSE 3
MMMBA456B Marketing for Tourism & Hospitality
Human Resource specialization
Specialization Courses Title - Semester : III
Sl Course Course Name

Course Code Credits
No Area (Human Resource )
1 PSC MHRBA313 Recruitment & Selection 4

2 PSC MHRBA314 HR Analytics 4
MHRBA355A Compensation & Reward Management
3 PSE 4
MHRBA355B Advanced organizational Behavior
MHRBA356A Industrial relations and legislations
4 PSE 4
MHRBA356B Leadership and Development

Course Code Credits
No Area (Human Resource )
1 PSC MHRBA413 Managing International Workforce 3

2 PSC MHRBA414 Strategic Talent Management 3
MHRBA455A Persona Growth & Interpersonal

3 PSE Effectiveness Conflict Management & 3
MHRBA455B
Negotiation Techniques
MHRBA456A Competence Management
4 PSE 3
MHRBA456B Organizational Change & Development
Finance specialization

Course Code Credits
No Area (FINANCE )
1 PSC MFMBA313 Security Analysis & Portfolio Management 4

2 PSC MFMBA314 Risk Management & Insurance 4
MFMBA355A Direct Taxation
3 PSE 4
MFMBA355B Strategic Cost Management
MFMBA356A Banking & Services Operations
4 PSE 4
MFMBA356B Introduction to Financial Market & Services

Course Code Credits
No Area (FINANCE )
1 PSC MFMBA413 Global Financial Management 3

2 PSC MFMBA414 Mergers, Acquisitions & Corporate Restructuring - 3
MFMBA455A Indirect Taxation
3 PSE 3
MFMBA455B Advanced Financial Management
MFMBA456A Financial Derivatives
4 PSE 3
MFMBA456B Fundamentals of Financial Analytics
Business Analytics specialization

Course Code Credits
No Area (Business Analytics )
1 PSC MBABA313 Introduction to Python data and Control systems. 4

2 PSC MBABA314 Exploratory Data Analysis for Business 4
MBABA355A Business Analytics and Intelligence
3 PSE 4
MBABA355B Predictive Analytics
MBABA356A Marketing, Web and Social Media Analytics
4 PSE 4
MBABA356B Introduction To Ai In Business

Course Code Credits
No Area (Business Analytics)
1 PSC MBABA413 Machine Learning 3
2 PSC MBABA414 HR Analytics 3
MBABA455A Big Data
3 PSE 3
MBABA455B Supply chain Analytics
MBABA456A Financial Analytics
4 PSE 3
MBABA456B Cloud Computing
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SPECIALISATION
III SEMESTER – List of Subjects
Sl.no. Course Code Course Name
1 MPMBA313 Basics of Project Management

2 MPMBA314 Project Planning and Scheduling
MPMBA355A Project Finance and Budgeting
3
MPMBA355B Project Management Information System
MPMBA356A Managing Human Resources in Projects
4
MPMBA356B Project Cost Management
IV SEMESTER – List of Subjects
Sl.no. Course Code Course Name
1 MPMBA413 Project Quality Management

2 MPMBA414 Project Procurement Management
MPMBA455A Agile Project Management
3
MPMBA455B Project Management in Construction
MPMBA456A Project risk management

4
MPMBA456B Managing Public Sector Projects
HOW TO READ SUBJECT CODE:
Example 1: MPPBA101
M PP BA 1 01
Code- Master Degree Subject Code Stream Code Semester Subject Serial No.
Example 2: MXXBA313
M XX BA 3 13
Code-Master Degree Specialization Stream Code Semester 1= Professional elective
Code (ex: MM, 3= Subject Serial No.
FM, HR etc)
Example 2: MXXBA355X
M XX BA 3 55X
Code-Master Degree Specialization Stream Code Semester 5= Open elective
Code (ex: MM, 5= Subject Serial No.
FM, HR etc) X = A or B subject code
Autonomous Syllabus
Semester I
Course Content & Planning
SEMESTER – I
Principles & Practices Of
Course Name Course Code : MPPBA101
Management
Number of Lecture Hours /
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
Number of Tutorial /
:0 SEE Marks : 50
Practical Hours / Week
Total Number of Lecture +
: 40 SEE Duration : 03 Hrs
Tutorial/Practical Hours
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Principles and practices of management is an introductory course on management process from
managers’ perspective. The course seeks to help students acquire the requisite knowledge, skills and
abilities needed to successfully manage the organization. The course examines the logic and working of
organizations and outlines the major functions of management.
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES (CLO) :
1. To help the students gain understanding of the functions and responsibilities of managers.
2. To provide them tools and techniques to be used in the performance of the managerial job.
3. To enable them to analyze and understand the environment of the organization.
4. To help the students to develop cognizance of the importance of management principles
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Management, Definition of Management: Arts or Science,
Types of Management, Difference between Management and Administration, Evolution of 7
Management Thought, Various approaches of Management Thought, Functions of
Management.
MODULE 2: Planning: Nature and Purpose of Planning, Planning process, Types of
Planning- objectives, Settings of objectives, Policies, Planning premises, Steps of Planning,
Decision making steps & process. Organizing: Nature and Purpose, Formal and Informal 7
of Organization, Organization structure, line and Staff Authority, Delegation of Authority,
Departmentalization, Centralization and decentralization, Span of HR Planning,
Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development.
MODULE 3: Directing: The Decision Making Process, Decision-making models:-
classical model, behavioral model, intuitive decision model. Creativity decision making:
personal creativity drivers and team creativity drivers. Communication and process of 7
Communication, Barrier in Communication, 3*3 writing process for business
communication, Effective communication.
MODULE 4: Staffing: Concept and importance of Staffing, Staffing as a part of Human
Resources Management, staffing process, recruitment, selection, sources, training and 7
development: - Concept, Importance , Method of Training and Induction.
MODULE 5: Controlling: Elements of Managerial Control, Control Systems,
Control Techniques, Types of Control, Coordination: Concept, Importance, principles 7
and techniques of coordination.
Case Study: Compulsory question for 20 Marks. Review and recap of case studies
5
discussed fromUnit 1 to Unit 5
Activity Based Learning (Assessed through OAT for CIE only):
Practical components:
1. Studying a business organization and identify the different aspects of Management functions being
practices.
2. Interact with a minimum of 5 managers profiles of any business organization to understand the
applications of Management functions in their workplace.
3. Identify any five challenges of integrating and implementing the Management functions in a
workplace.
Recommended Books:
1. Koontz, H, & Weihrich, H (2016). Essentials of Management: An International Perspective (8th ed.),
Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi.
2. Ghuman, K & Aswathapa, K, (2017). Management concepts and cases (10th ed.), Tata McGraw
Hills, New Delhi.
3. Telsan, M.T. (2016). Industrial and Business Management, (4th ed.), S. Chand, New Delhi.
4. MGMT ,Chuck Williams & Manas Ranjan Tripathy, 5/e, Cengage Learning, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Robbins, S. (2017). Management, (13th ed.), Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Ramaswamy, I. (2011). Principles of Business Management, (8th ed.), Himalaya Publishing House,
New Delhi
3. Management, John R. Schermerhorn, Jr., 8/e, Wiley India, 2010.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
• https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mg104/preview
• https://learninglink.oup.com/access/king-lawley3e-student-resources#tag_all-chapters
Note: The aforesaid links and study material are suggestive in nature, they may be used with due regards to copyrights,
patenting and other IPR rules.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs): After completion of course, student should be able to
CO1 Understand the concepts related to function of management in Business.
Apply PPM knowledge to diagnose and solve organizational problems and develop optimal
CO2
managerial decisions.
Analyze the complexities associated with management of human resources in the organizations and
CO3
integrate the learning in handling these complexities.
CO4 Evaluate the global context of Organizing, directing and Controlling
CO-PO MATRIX
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
CO1 3
CO2 2
CO3 3
CO4 3
Avg 3 2 3 3
Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

SEMESTER – I
Course Name Managerial Economics Course Code: MMEBA102
: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks: 50
: 40 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS: 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
The purpose of this course is to apply micro economic concepts and techniques in evaluating business
decisions taken by firms. The emphasis is on explaining how tools of standard price theory can be
employed to formulate a decision problem, evaluate alternative courses of action and finally choose among
alternatives.
1. To familiarize the students with the basic concept of microeconomics.
2. To make student understand the demand and supply analysis in business applications.
3. To familiarize students with the production and cost structure under different stages of production.
4. To understand the pricing and output decisions under various market structure.
5. To help students understand and apply the various decision tools to understand the market
structure.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Managerial Economics: Meaning, Nature, Scope &
Significance, Uses of Managerial Economics, Role and Responsibilities of Managerial 6
Economist. Fundamental Concepts: Incremental reasoning, Time Perspective,
Discounting Principle, Opportunity Cost Principle, Equi-Marginal Principle.
MODULE 2: Demand Analysis and Forecasting
Demand Analysis Law of Demand, Exceptions to the Law of Demand, Elasticity of Demand,
Income & Cross elasticity, Promotional elasticity of demand. Uses of elasticity of demand
for Managerial decision making, Measurement of elasticity of demand. Law of supply, 8
Elasticity of supply.
Demand forecasting: Meaning & Significance, Methods of demand forecasting for
established and new products. (Problems on Price elasticity of demand, and demand
forecasting using Time-series method
MODULE 3: Cost Analysis & Production Analysis 7
Concepts of Production, production function with one variable input - Law of Variable
Proportion, Laws of returns to scale, Indifference Curves, ISO-Quants & ISO-Cost line.
Types of cost, Cost curves, Cost – Output Relationship in the short run and in the long
run, Long- Run Average Cost ( LAC) curve
MODULE 4: Market structure and Pricing Practices
Perfect Competition: Features, Determination of price under perfect competition,
Monopolistic Competition: Features, Pricing Under monopolistic competition, Product
differentiation. Oligopoly: Features, Kinked demand Curve, Cartels, Price leadership.
7
Monopoly: Features, Pricing under monopoly, Price Discrimination.
Descriptive Pricing Approaches: Loss leader pricing, Peak Load pricing, Transfer pricing.
Methods of pricing – Game Theory, Dominant Strategy, Nash Equilibrium and
Prisoner’s Dilemma
MODULE 5: Theory of firm and economies of scale
Theory of the Firm: Firm and Industry, Objectives of the firm, alternate objectives of firm.
Managerial theories: Baumol’s Model, Marris’s model of growth maximization,
Williamson’s model of managerial discretion. 7
Economies of scale- large scale production, the size of firm and industry, economies
of scale- internal and external forms of economies of scale – diseconomies as limits to
large scale production, impact of economies of scale in business, Economies of scope.
5
1. Assessment of Demand Elasticity–Price, and Income
2. Demand Forecasting: Application of qualitative and quantitative methods of
demand forecasting to various sectors (Automobile, Service, Pharmaceutical,
Information Technology, FMCG, Hospitality etc.) in India.
3. Students are expected to assess the impact of advertisement or sales promotion on
the demand of a product.
4. Use of MS Excel in the above-mentioned activities should be encouraged.
Recommended Books:
1) R.Paneerselvam, Sivasankaran, Senthil Kumar (2018). Managerial Economics (2nd Edition) Cengage
Learning India Pvt.Ltd.
2) Managerial Economics by Dr. A.B. Kalkundrikar and Dr.Rajendra M. Inamdar, 2022
Reference Books:
1) Managerial Economics by Geethika,Ghosh &Choudhury, McGrawHill 2/e,2011
2) Managerial Economics by Dominick Salvotore, Oxford Publishers, 2e, 2016
3) Managerial Economics by D.M Mithani, HPH publications, 2016
4) Managerial Economics by Samuelson & Marks, Wiley, 5/e,2015

• https://www.edx.org/learn/managerial-economics
• https://www.indiabudget.gov.in/
• https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/imb19_mg16/preview
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZXDKdJO3V6Y
Note: The aforesaid links and study materials are suggestive in nature, they may be used with
due regards to copy rights, patenting and other IPR rules.

Explain the concepts and theories of economics for the effective decision-making and functioning of
CO1
business.
CO2 Examine the implication of cost, demand and supply based on appropriate data for business decisions.
Analyze different behaviors of a firm in various market structures under global, economic, and legal
CO3
aspects of business.
CO4 Assess the influence of economic policies and to take social responsibility for ethical business decisions
CO-PO MATRIX
Course PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 2

SEMESTER – I
Indian Economy And
Course Name Course Code : MIEBA103
Policy
:3 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 00 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course introduces the economic factors that influence business activities and introduces the concepts
that serve a business an opportunity or as a threat for its survival.
1. To develop perspectives of economic growth and development with reference to Indian economy.
2. To develop knowledge on economic policies and its impact of business.
3. To understand the facets and importance of business environment.
4. To gain knowledge on role of factors influencing business environment.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Indian Economy: Introduction, The Structure of the Indian Economy:
Basic features—Natural resources —Broad demographic features— Population size
and growth rates, sex composition, rural–urban migration, occupational distribution;
Problem of over-population; Population policy Development and under-development; 7
long-term trends in the Indian economy; poverty, unemployment and Inequality-
strategy fordevelopment: agrarian classes and agricultural development-Infrastructure
development —Objectives, strategy and pitfalls of planning in India.
MODULE 2: Economic Policies and its Impact on Business: Introduction,
Economic, Planning - Industrial development during the plan period— Economic
Policies-Monetary-Fiscal-Industrial policy-1991—PublicSector and Indian planning—
Major Manufacturing Industries in India- Small and Medium Enterprises (SME)-
Productivity in Indian industries, Public Private Partnerships (PPP)-Industrial sickness-
Under-utilization of capacity- factors accounting for it and consequences—Structural 7
Transformation- and Recent Policy Initiatives- Globalization-WTO- World Economic
Forum –banking reforms and challenges; business opportunities in the rural sector
India’s competitiveness in the world economy– trends in service sector growth-
emergency of sharing or informal economy and its future impact on employment and
impact of economic policies on business.
MODULE 3: Political and Legal Environment of Business: Introduction, Definition-
Concept, Micro and Macro environment of business, Characteristics- Environmental
factors affecting decision making of the business Firm- Environmental Scanning: 7
STEEPLIDGS importance, process of scanning, Political Institutions: Legislature,
Executive, Judiciary, And Its Impact on Business.
MODULE 4: Technical Environment of Business: Technological Environment:
Features, Its impact on Business, Restraints on Technological Growth., Impact of
7
Technology, Technology and Society; Trends in Technology Management, Industrial
Revolution 4.0, Issues & Challenges.
MODULE 5: Social & Natural Environment of Business
Social Environment; Business Ethics-Social Responsibility of Business (CSR)- Its
impact on Business Decisions. Business and Society: Socialresponsibility of Business; 7
Social pressure groups and dimensions.
Natural Environment: Environmental aspects in business –Demographic factors,
Geographical and Ecological Environment hazards: Government role and interventions.
5
discussed from Unit 1 to Unit 5
Pedagogy/Course delivery tools: Chalk and Talk, Power point presentation, discussion of real time
problems in the form of case studies.
1. Identify a business opportunity due change in Economic policy.
2. Writeup about Indian Economy and Business Opportunities.
3. Survey local Industrial hubs to identify the change in Business Environment.
4. Group discussion on Economic policy and its impact on Business Environment.
Recommended Books:
1. Francis Cherunillam, Business Environment, Himalaya Publishers.
2. K. Aswathappa, Essentials of Business Environment, Himalaya Publishers.
3. P.K. Dhar, Indian Economy Growing Dimensions, Kalyani Publishers
Reference Books:
1. Chaula and Garg, Mercantile Law, Kalyani Publishers
2. Ashwathappa (2011) Essentials of Business Environment. Bombay: Himalaya Publishing House.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs): After completion of course student should be able to
CO1 Outline various components of Business Environment,
CO2 Recognize the impact of economic policy on business environment
CO3 Apply the knowledge to analyze the current situations and take prudent decisions,
Identify, distinguish, and present the various facts and uniqueness of the any component of the Indian
CO4
Economy and business environment
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - 2 -
AVG 3 3 - 3 2 -

SEMESTER – I
Course Name Organizational Behavior Course Code : MOBBA104
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course provides a comprehensive analysis of individual and group behavior in organizations. Its
purpose is to provide an understanding of how organizations can be managed more effectively and at the
same time enhance the quality of employees work life. Topics include motivation, individual and group
behavior, conflict, power and politics, leadership, decision making, and Communication.

1. Understand individual behavior in organizations, including diversity, attitudes, job satisfaction,
emotions, moods, personality, values, perception, decision making, and motivational theories.
2. Understand group behavior in organizations, including communication, leadership, power and
politics, conflict, and negotiations.
3. Understand the organizational system, including organizational structures, culture, human
resources, and change
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Individual Behavior and Performance: Introduction to Organizational Behavior
(OB), Disciplines contributing to OB, Personality traits, Personality and stress, Values.
8
Perception, Factors influencing Perception, Common Perceptual Distortions. Attribution and
Social Learning. Perception Management in Organizations.
MODULE 2: Emotions, Attitudes and Motivation: Introduction to Emotions, Emotions and
Moods influence on Behavior, Components of Attitudes, Attitudes influence
Behavior, Motivation Theories (Human Needs & Expectancy), Motivation, Rewards and 10
Performance: Employee Value Proposition and Fit, Integrated Model of motivation, Intrinsic
and Extrinsic Rewards
MODULE 3: Teams and Teamwork : Teams in Organizations, Team effectiveness, Stages in
Team development, Characteristics of High Performance teams, Team-building process. Conflict
9
and Negotiation: Types, levels, functional, culture and Conflict in Organization, Stages in Conflict
Management, Indirect and direct conflict management strategies, Negotiation Goals and
outcome, Negotiation Strategies, and pitfalls.
MODULE 4: Leadership and Influence Process: Sources of Power and Influence, Organizational
politics, Managing Organizational Politics. Leadership: Leader-Follower relationship theories,
8
Collective Leadership, Findings from Contingency theories, Transactional/Transformational
Leadership Theory, Leadership and ethics.
MODULE 5: Organizational Culture and Change Management: Functions of Organizational
Culture, Layers of cultural analysis, Distinguish between Organizational culture and Climate,
Innovation in Organizations. Organizational Change: Drivers of Organizational change, 5
Barriers to Organizational change, Change management Models: Lewin ‘s 3-Phase Model,
Kotter’s 8-step Model.
1. Students will be divided into groups to identify, analyze, and develop a plan for
resolving a key problem that an organization is facing and to analyze and apply OB
concepts in a real organization.
2. Identifying any five job profiles and listing out the various types of abilities
required for those jobs and the personality traits required for the jobs.
3. Based on learning concept of perception, conduct a role play in an organization to
find out the impact of perceptual errors on perceptual interpretation.
4. Develop few questions, interact with people in the organization to observe their
personality and reaction
5. Conduct a professional event in the department and try to understand the various roles
playedby students in relation to Team and Organisational environment.
Recommended Books:
1. Griffin, Philips, Gully, “Organizational Behaviour”, (2020)13th Edition, Cengage
2. Mary Uhl-Bien, John R, Richard N, Indian Adaptation by Sanket Sunand Dash, “ Organizational
Behavior”, 13th Edition, Wiley
3. Stephen P. Robbins, “Organizational Behaviour, (2018) , 8th Edition, Prentice Hall
4. Buchanan, D. A., & Huczynski, A. A. (2019). Organizational behaviour. Pearson UK.
Reference Books:
1. Aswathappa K, (2017), Organizational Behaviour (Text, Cases and Games). 12th Edition, Himalaya
Publication House.
• https://www.educba.com/organizational-behavior-model/
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs):
Identify the knowledge of Organizational Behavior concepts and theories to solve
CO1
business problems.
Apply the global practices of and Organizational Behavior functions for taking
CO2
business decisions.
Infer the leadership and motivating skills to lead teams for achieving organizational
CO3
objectives
Justify how value-based leadership, integrity and socially responsibility will help to
CO4
develop great organizational cultures in the organizations.
Course
Outcome PO1 PO 2 PO3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - 3 - - -
CO4 - - - - 3 2
Avg. 3 3 3 - 3 2
SEMESTER – I
Business Statistics and
Course Name Analytics for Decision Course Code : MBSBA105
Making
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of the data and its relevance in
business and develop an understanding of the quantitative techniques from statistics. A particular
emphasis is placed on developing the ability to interpret the numerical information that forms the basis
of decision-making in business.
1. To facilitate the students to compute the various measures of central tendency and dispersion using
descriptive statistics.
2. To enhance the skills to visualize and estimate the relationship between variables using correlation and
regression analysis.
3. To equip with the skills of decision-making using probability techniques.
4. To empower with the knowledge of trend analysis.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Statistics: Meaning and Definition. Types, Measures of
Central Tendency: Mean, Median & Mode - Measures of Dispersion: Range, Quartile 10
deviation, Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation, variance, Coefficient of Variation (Theory
& Problem)
MODULE 2:. Correlation -Significance, Types and methods, Scatter Diagram, Karl
Pearson’s Coefficient of Correlation, Spearman’s Rank Correlation. 8
Regression- Concept, Types of regression models, Two lines of Regression (Theory and
Problem)
MODULE 3: Probability Distribution: Concepts of Probability – Permutation and
Combination, Rules of Probability- Additive and Multiplicative Laws, Bayes’ theorem. 9
Theoretical Probability Distributions: Binomial, Poisson, and Normal
Distribution(Problems on Binomial, Poisson and Normal).(Theory and problem)
MODULE 4: Time Series Analysis: Objectives, Variations in time series, Models – 8
Multiplicative & additive (theory), Quantitative Forecasting methods – Freehand
method, Moving Average Method, Semi average Method, Least Square method.
Measurement of Seasonal variation – Method of simple averages, Ratio to Trend
method, Ratio to Moving Average Method, Link Relative Method ( Theory & Problem)
MODULE 5:. Hypothesis Testing: Definition, Types, Procedure for testing, Errors in
Hypothesis testing. Parametric and Non-Parametric Test – t-test, z-test, f-test, Chi- 10
square test, U-test, K-W test( Problems on all tests)
Analysis of Variance: One Way and Two Way ANOVA (Problems)
5
Suggested Books:
1. S C Gupta (2018), Fundamentals of Statistics, 7th edition Himalaya Publications.
2. J K Sharma (2020), Business Statistics 5th edition Vikas Publishing House.
3. C R Kothari (2015), Research Methodology- Methods and Techniques, Viswa Prakasam
Publications.
4. William E. Wagner, III (2015), Using IBM SPSS- Statistics for Research Methods and Social Science
Statistics 5th edition Sage Publications.
• Students should opt Swayam NPTEL Course on Business Statistics offered by Prof.
M.K.Barua Dept. of Management studies IIT Roorkee.
• YouTube Videos are also available of the same
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VDLyk6z8uCg
CO1 Explain the terminology, concepts, tools and techniques used in business statistical analysis
CO2 Apply various data analysis functions for business problems using statistical tools
CO3 Analyze and discuss the issues of business statistical tools
CO4 Evaluate the decision-making problems using the statistical techniques.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - 2 -
AVG 3 3 - 3 2 -

SEMESTER – I
Financial Reporting And
Course Name Course Code : MFRBA106
Analysis
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This is an introductory course in Financial Accounting. It focuses on the regulations which govern the
preparation and presentation of financial statements and their analysis for use by the stakeholders such as
shareholders, potential investors, creditors, suppliers, financial institutions, regulatory authorities, etc.
1. To introduce students to Accounting Process, Accounting Standards and the Accounting Cycle – Journal
to Financial Statements.
2. To orient the students about Financial Statements, their analysis and interpretation for decision-making.
3. To provide skills for eliciting information and making decisions.
4. To impart knowledge on the latest trends and developments in the field of Accounting.
TEACH-ING
MODULES HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction To Accounting: Meaning and Objectives of Accounting, An
Overview of Accounting Concepts and Conventions, Types of Accounting - Single Entry
and Double Entry System.
Accounting Standards In India And IFRS: An Overview of IFRS, Introduction to Ind AS 7
– Concept, Objectives, Advantages, Challenges, Standard Setters in India – ASB, ICAI,
NFRA and MCA, Applicability of Indian Accounting Standards, Differences between Ind
AS and IFRS, and List of iGAAPs, Ind AS and IFRS (Theory Only).
MODULE 2: Accounting Cycle: Journal, Ledgers, Trial Balance, Accounting Equation,
Users of Accounting Information, Subsidiary Books including Cash Book with Two and 8
Three Column Cashbook only.(Problems on journal & Accounting Equation).
MODULE 3: Understanding Financial Statements: Preparation of Financial
Statements of Companies as per (Division – II of Schedule – III to) Companies Acts, 2013 12
and Ind AS – 1, and Preparation of Statement of Cash Flows as per Ind AS – 7.
MODULE 4: Analysis and Interpretation of Financial Statements: Ratio Analysis -
Liquidity, Solvency, Activity and Profitability. Analysis of Financial Statements - 10
Comparative and Common Size Analysis (Vertical and Horizontal Analysis)
Module 5: Bank Reconciliation Statement: Rules for Recording Receipts and 8
Payments in Cash Book and Bank Pass Book, Reasons for differences in the balances of
Cash Book and Bank Pass Book. Meaning and preparation of Bank Reconciliation
Statement (Theory and Problems).
Depreciation: Meaning, Characteristics and causes of Depreciation, Types of
Depreciation. Tax Implication of Depreciation. (Problems only on Straight Line and WDV
Methods).
Case Study: Compulsory Question for 20 Marks. Review and Recap of Case Studies
5
discussed from Unit – 1 to Unit – 5.
1. Preparation of Financial Statements using quarterly / yearly transactions of a small
business enterprise
2. Listing the content of Annual Reports of at least 10 companies
3. Analyzing performance of a company based on its annual report, using DU PONT
Model, Altman’s ZScore and Piotrowski’s F Score.
4. Eliciting information from annual report and presenting it for facilitating decision
making - Hands-on practice on any accounting software.
Recommended Books:
1. Madegowda J and Inchara P M Gowda. (2021). Accounting for Managers. Mumbai. Himalaya
Publishing House.
2. Narayanaswamy R (2019), Financial Accounting – A Managerial Perspective, Eight Edition, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd. Publication.
3. Jain and Khan (2020), Management Accounting- Text, Problems and Cases, Sixth Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill Publication.
4. S.N Maheswari & S.K Maheswari, (2018), Corporate Accounting, Sixth Edition, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Limited.
Reference Books:
1. Prasanna Chandra (2017), Finance Sense- Finance for Non- finance Executives, Sixth edition,
Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
2. Anthony Robert and S Recce James (2019), Accounting Principles, Sixth Edition, A.I.T.B.S
Publication
Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and its application in real time accounting and Indian accounting
CO1
standards.
CO2 Understand steps involved in accounting process.
CO3 Capable of preparing financial statements of companies.
CO4 Independently undertake financial statement analysis and bank reconciliation and take decisions.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 2
CO2 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 3
AVG 2.5 3 3 2.33

SEMESTER – I
Course Name Office Application Tools Course Code : MOLBA107
: 00 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 04 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 0:0:4 CREDITS : 02
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course is intended to help all novice computer users get up to speed with Microsoft 365 quickly. It
covers different features of the interface, shows you how to perform basic tasks, and introduces to the
most important tools in Word, PowerPoint, and Excel.
1) To understand the concepts and formulas of Excel
2) To orient on Excel applications usage in business data
3) To make decisions by analyzing the data of different business cases
4) To create excel functions and dashboard for data analysis
TEACHING
MODULES HOURS
• Formatting Workbook Text and Data
• Performing Calculations with Formulas and Functions
• Analyzing and Charting Financial Data
• Generating Reports from Multiple Worksheets and Workbooks
• Managing Data with Data Tools
40
• Summarizing Data with Pivot Tables
• Performing What-if Analysis
• Exploring Financial Tools and Functions
• Exploring Pivot table Design
• Developing an excel Application
Recommended Books:
1. New Perspectives on Microsoft Excel 2013, Comprehensive Enhanced Edition by Roy Ageloff, Patrick Carey,
June Jamrich Parsons, Dan Ojo, Carol DesJardins.
2. Excel 2016 All in one for dummies by Harvey. G , John Wiley & Sons publications
3. Essentials of modern business statistics with Microsoft Excel, Anderson, D. R., Sweeney, D. J., & Williams, T.
A. (2011). Cengage Learning.
4. Analyzing Multivariate Data, James Lattin, Douglas Carroll and Paul Green, Thomson Learning,
2003, ISBN0-534-34974-9
CO1 Explain the concepts and techniques of Excel Functions
CO2 Apply suitable Excel functions and techniques based on the nature of data
CO3 Analyze and interpret the relationship between variables of business data
CO4 Evaluate the situation based on data analysis using Excel function
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 3
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 3

SEMESTER – I
Managerial
Course Name Course Code : MMLBA108
Communication -1
: 00 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 0:0:2 CREDITS : 01
COURSE OVERVIEW:
To enable the students to become aware of their communication skills and sensitize them about the
importance and barriers to communication and to make them aware of gateways so as to enhance their
potential to become successful managers
1. To learn the basic skills of managing people, leading teams and improving work processes
2. To prepare students to develop the art of negotiation with emphasis on empathetic listening and
decision making.
3. To train students towards Inter-Personal Skills – working in teams and conflict management
skills
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Soft skills: How communication skills and soft skills are inter-related,
Body language-posture, eye-contact, handling hand movements, gait -Voice and tone,
Meeting and Boardroom Protocol - Guidelines for planning a meeting, Before the 5
meeting, On the day of the Meeting, Guidelines for Attending the meeting, For the
Chairperson, For attendees, For Presenters,
MODULE 2: Speaking Skills: Characteristics of effective speech, voice quality, rate of
speaking, clear articulation, eye contact, use of expressions, and gestures and posture;
6
Types of managerial speeches: speech of introduction, speech of vote of thanks,
occasional speech, theme speech, formal speeches during meetings.
MODULE 3: Telephone Etiquette: Cell phone etiquette, Telephone etiquette
guidelines, Mastering the telephone courtesy, Active listening, Puttingcallers on hold,
5
Transferring a call, Screening calls, Taking a message, Voice Mail, Closing the call,
When Making calls, Handling rude or impatient clients.
MODULE 4: Presentation skills: Principles of Effective Presentations, Planning,
5
Structure and Delivery, Principles governing the use of audiovisual media, Time
management - Slide design and transition: representation of textual information into
visuals for effectiveness of communication - Style and persuasiveness of the message -
Adherence to the number of slides, Dynamics of group presentation and individual
presentation.
MODULE 5: Business Reports: Purpose, Kinds of reports, Organization & Preparing
reports, short and long reports Writing Proposals: Structure & preparation, Writing 5
memos, Media Management: The press release, Press conference, Media interviews.
Case Study Review and recap of Self-analysis discussed fromUnit 1 to Unit 5 4
1. Design a Self-Assessment Test for understanding essential skills.
2. Role Play to initiate meaningful communication.
3. Role play through any given situation to motivate Teams.
4. Writing a Team Charter.
5. Arrange a virtual meeting and test the negotiation skills.
6. Case Study to observe the empathetic behavior skills.
Recommended Books:
1. Business Communication Today, Bovee C L et. al., Pearson Education
2. Business Communication, P.D. Chaturvedi, Pearson Education
3. Business Communication, T N Chhabra, Bhanu Ranjan, Sun India
Reference Books:
1. Verbal and Non-Verbal Reasoning, Prakash, P, Macmillan India Ltd., New Delhi
2. Objective English, Thorpe, E, and Thorpe, S, Pearson Education, New Delhi
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yml9dx9nUco
• https://www.edx.org/learn/business-communications
• https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/imb19_mg14/preview
• https://www.careers360.com/courses-certifications/swayam-communication-courses-brp-
org
Identify the various elements of communication, channels of communication and barriers to effective
CO1
communication.
CO2 Examine critically the effectiveness in routine and special real world business interactions.
CO3 Identify the appropriate use of body language.
Determine the professional meetings, group discussions, telephonic calls, elementary interviews, and
CO4 public speaking activities and appraise the pros and cons of sample recorded verbal communications
in a business context.
CO-PO Matrix
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - 3 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 3 2
Mapping: 3-High, 2-Medium and 1-Low
SEMESTER – I
Enterprise Analysis -
Course Name Course Code : MEABA189
Capstone Project
: 00 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks : 00
L:T:P : 0:0:2 CREDITS : 01
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course creates awareness and enthusiasm among students to understand the work environment and
the competences need to focus achieve their career goals.
1. Identify opportunities and get the first mover advantage.
2. Understand the culture of an organization.
3. Explore tapping various useful resources.
4. Analyze rapid changes sensitive the Job market.
5. Evaluate in career planning strategies
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Selection of Enterprise for study: Enterprise History & Background,
Original & Current Promoters, Business Group or Business Family to which it belongs,
Vision-Mission-Philosophy – Values-Quality Policy, Brief profiles of the Chairman, CEO, 6
MD, Members of Board of Directors along with their career highlights CSR Initiatives,
Technical and other collaborations if any, Recent Mergers and Acquisitions, if any.
MODULE 2: Structure of Enterprise: Organization Structure/Organogram,
Geographical (domestic and global) foot print – at the time of inception and spread over
the years, company’s current head quarter worldwide as well as head quarter /
corporate office in India, Manufacturing /Service locations Indian and major 6
worldwide, Certifications if any - ISO / EMS / FDA / CMMI , etc. Online presence.
Initiatives towards gender diversity, Initiatives towards social inclusion, Initiatives
towards environment conservation. Current Talent needs. Key highlights of the
company’s website.
MODULE 3: Markets: Major Customers, customer segments, Products, Product lines,
Major Brands, Market Share – nationally, region wise, product wise, Advertising 6
Agency, Advertising Punch Line/Slogan, Logo, Key Alliances in the past 5 years &
impact. Mergers & Acquisitions, if any. Technological developments. Disruptive
innovations affecting the organization. Labour unrest if any – reasons thereof and
impact. Emerging potential competition through first generation entrepreneurs or
global /local players.
MODULE 4: Financial Performance: Data to be studied, tabulated, graphically
depicted, analyzed and presented for last 5 years for Revenues, Profitability, Market
Capitalization, Segmented Revenues, Auditors. Listing status & Scrip Codes – BSE and 6
NSE, Global Listings on International Stock Markets, Share Price Face Value, Current
Market Value, Annual High Low Figures, P/E Ratio, Shareholding Pattern.
MODULE 5: Presentation by the students about the SWOC analysis self and about the 6
enterprise and the industry to match individual career goals.

Explain the key historical, organizational, market related, financial, governance, leadership and social
CO1 responsibility dimensions of a real-world business organization.
CO2 Demonstrate the use of secondary – offline and online resources to profile a real-world business organization.
Analyze using tables and charts, the trends in market standing and financial performance of a real-world business
CO3 organization over the last 5 years.
Assess a succinct summary of future plans of a real-world business organization the company website,
CO4
shareholders reports and other information available in the public domain
CO-PO Matrix
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 2
Semester II
SEMESTER – II
Course Name Human Resource Management Course Code : MHRBA201
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 00 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
The course in HRM enables students the knowledge, understanding and key skills that are required by
today's HR professionals and to enable students to effectively contribute to dynamic organisations.
1. To enable the students to understand the HR Management and system at various levels in general and in
certain specific industries or organizations.
2. To help the students focus on and analyse the issues and strategies required to select and develop
manpower resources.
3. To develop relevant skills necessary for application in HR related issues
4. To Enable the students to integrate the understanding of various HR concepts along with the
5. Domain concept in order to take correct business decisions
TEACHING
MODULES HOURS
MODULE 1: Human Resource Management: Introduction, Concept and Challenges
-Objectives - Scope – Role and Importance of HRM, HR Policies - Functions of HRM -
Challenges of HRM. Emerging Trends in HRM: HRIS- Need and Uses of HRIS. HR 7
Accounting- Concepts, Objective, Advantages. HR Audit- Objective - Process. HR
Shared Services- Concept – Objective –Benefits.
MODULE 2: HR Acquisition & Employee Retention: Human Resource Planning:
Definition -Need and Objective -HRP Process, Job Analysis Process – Job Description &
Job Specification, Factors affecting Job design, Job enrichment Vs job enlargement.
Recruitment: Introduction & Sources of Recruitment, Difference between recruitment
7
and Selection-Recruitment, Selection Process, Induction and Orientation. Career
Planning-Process of career planning and development Succession Planning, Transfer
and Promotion. Retention of Employees: Importance of retention, strategies of
retention.
MODULE 3: Managing Employee Performance and Training: Performance
7
Appraisal & Performance Management – Definition, Objective, Importance, Appraisal
Process and Appraisal Methods - Potential Appraisal. Training and Development -
Definition – Scope –Role of Training in Organizations, Objectives, Training Need
Assessment, Types of training, E-Learning. Benefits of training, Evaluation of Training
MODULE 4: Compensation Management: Concept, Objectives, Importance of
Compensation Management - Current Trends in Compensation. Factors in 7
compensation plan. Wage/ Salary differentials- Components of salary.
MODULE 5: Incentives and Benefits – Financial & Nonfinancial Incentive, Fringe
Benefits. Employees Separation - Retirement, Termination, VRS, Golden Handshake, 7
Suspension, Concepts & Methods, Grievance Procedure in Indian Industry.
5
1. Conducting model role play
2. A write up on HRM at an organization- Split the class into teams with two members.
Each team must choose one organization in any industry. They must write a report on
the HR department at the organization and the HR practices there.
Recommended Books:
1. Angelo S DeNisi, Ricky W Griffin and Anita Sarkar (2018), “Human Resource Management- A South Asian
Perspective” 3rd Edition, Cengage Publications.
2. George W Bohlander and Scott A Snell (2013), “Principles of Human Resource Management”. Fifteenth
Edition”; Thomson Publications.
3. VSP Rao, “Human Resource Management”, (2010), Excel Books, 3rd Edition
Reference Books:
1. K Aswathappa, “Human Resource and Personal Management” (2017) Tata McGraw Hill, 8th Edition
2. Stephen P. Robbins, “Human Resource Management”, (2002), Pearson Education Asia.
3. Sarah Gilmore and Steve Williams (2014). “Human Resource Management”. Oxford University Press.
4. Tayeb, M. (2005). International human resource management. Oxford University Press.
• https://youtu.be/hHE4ilceiXs
• https://youtu.be/_d5QMwLC19Y
• https://youtu.be/uMQMDQI7Hpk
• https://youtu.be/vXgt9yASs_k
• https://youtu.be/pqtYQb9nbRk
• https://youtu.be/e1F3xnF5LKg
• https://youtu.be/4Kr0VpM14LI
Understand of the concept of human resource management and to understand its relevance in
CO1
organizations.
CO2 Demonstrate necessary skill set for application of various HR issues for taking decisions.
CO3 Analyze the strategic issues and strategies required to select and develop manpower resources.
CO4 Evaluate HR strategies to make effective decisions both globally and legally.
CO-PO MATRIX
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 2 - - - -
CO3 - - - - 2 -
CO4 - - - 3 - -
AVG CO 3 2 - 3 2 -
Mapping: 3-High, 2-Medium, and 1-Low

SEMESTER – II
: Business ethics and
Course Name Corporate Social Course Code : MBEBA
Responsibility 202
Number of Lecture Hours / : 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
Number of Tutorial / : 00 SEE Marks : 50
Total Number of Lecture + : 40 SEE Duration : 03 Hrs
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Familiarize the students with understanding rationale and motivations behind CSR. Enhance their
understanding of CSR practices and initiatives of firms Equip them with conventional and contemporary
theories of CSR. Impart practical learning regarding design and implementation of CSR programmes.
Equip them with skills related to CSR strategy formation and evaluation.
1. To understand the Business Ethics and to provide best practices of business ethics.
2. To learn the values and implement them in students’ careers to become a best manager.
3. To develop various corporate social Responsibilities and practices in professional life
4. To Imbibe the ethical issues in CSR and to adhere to the ethical codes.
TEACHI
MODULES NG
HOURS
MODULE 1: Business Ethics - Nature of ethics - Ethical Principles in Business -
Relationship between ethics and business – Ethical organization – Characteristics of ethical
7
organization- ethical corporate code – Ethical leadership Ethics in HRM - Ethics in Marketing
- Ethics in Finance - Ethics at workplace
MODULE 2: Ethics in Business Disciplines: Ethics in Marketing- Areas in marketing Ethics.
Ethics in HR, Role of HRM in creating ethical organizations. Ethical issues in finance. Ethics in
7
Environmental concerns- Environment preservation- Role of stakeholders, Principles of
Environmental Ethics, Managing environment issues.
MODULE 3: Corporate Social Responsibility: Conceptualization of CSR, Corporate
Philanthropy and Changing Times, CSR Mandate and Obligation, Bottom lines: Accounting
Frameworks, Pyramid of CSR, CSR Generations, CSR Practices, Perspective of CSR, Scope of 7
CSR , Environment and CSR, Future of CSR, CSR Strategy, Importance of CSR Strategy
Implementation, Areas of Implementation.
MODULE 4: Emerging Trends, Drivers, and Barriers of CSR: Emerging Trends-Common
Approach and Concept Based Approach, Drivers of CSR- Approaches to Identify CSR Drivers,
Understanding CSR Drivers, Barriers to CSR Implementation, Company-Specific Barriers 7
Industry-Specific Barriers, Overcoming Barriers of CSR Advantages and Benefits—Trending
the Future
MODULE 5: CSR Initiatives in Corporate India: Types of CSR Interventions, Benefits of
CSR Interventions, Designing a CSR Intervention, Strategic Partnerships in Interventions,
7
Corporate Examples of CSR Initiatives in India, Tata Group, Aditya Birla Group, ITC Limited,
Infosys Limited, Reliance Industries Limited.
Case Study: Compulsory question for 20 Marks. Review and recap of case studies discussed from
5
Module 1 to Module 5
Recommended Books:
1. Fernando A.C.- Business Ethics, Prentice Hall, Latest Edition.
2. Corporate Social Responsibility Concept, Cases and Trends Prabhakaran Paleri, Cengage.
3. India CSR Reporting Survey, KPMG, 2017
4. Mervis, (2012) Employee Engagement & CSR: transactional, Relational and Development Approaches, HBS
press
Reference Books:
1. Crane Andrew and Dark Matter- Business Ethics, Oxford Publications.
2. M. Jennings – Business Ethics, Latest Edition.
3. Velasquez Manuel G: Business ethics- concepts and cases, PHI.
4. Marquis & Villa (2012) Managing Stakeholders with Corporate Social Responsibility, Harvard Business
School Press.
CO1 Discuss the ethical principles followed by the business leaders in decision making.
CO2 Apply the decisions making skills related to business ethics at various discipline of workplace
CO3 Analyze and design the implementation of CSR initiatives and practices at business.
Determine the skills related to CSR strategy formation and evaluation of CSR activities of
CO4
organizations.
CO – PO Matrix
Course
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - 3 3 -
CO4 - - - 3 - 3
AVG 3 3 3 3 3 3

SEMESTER – II
Course Name Marketing Management Course Code : MMMBA203
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Marketing management course enables a student to understand the fundamentals of marketing concept
and the role marketing plays in business. This course enables a student to understand the 'Marketing mix'
elements and the strategies and principles underlying the modern marketing practices.
1. Make students understand the fundamental concepts of marketing & the environment in which the
marketing system operates.
2. To analyze the motives influencing buying behavior & describe major bases for segment marketing,
target marketing, and market positioning.
3. Identify a Conceptual framework, covering basic elements of the marketing mix.
4. To understand fundamental premise underlying market driven strategies.
TEACHING
MODULES HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Marketing: Definition & Functions, Scope, Evolution of
Marketing, Core concepts of marketing – Need, Want, Demand, Customer Value,
Exchange, Customer Satisfaction, Customer Delight, Customer loyalty, Selling versus
marketing concept, Marketing Myopia, Marketing Process. Marketing Environment: 8
Concept of Environment, Macro Environment & Micro Environment – Components and
characteristics, Needs & Trends, Major forces impacting the Macro Environment &
Microenvironment, Need for analyzing the Marketing Environment.
MODULE 2: Analyzing Consumer Behavior: Meaning and Characteristics, Importance,
Factors influencing Consumer Behavior, Consumer characteristics influencing buying
behavior personal factors, Psychological factors, social factors and cultural factors. 6
Consumer Buying Decision Process, Buying Roles, Buying Motives. The black box model
of consumer behavior.
MODULE 3: Segmentation, Target Marketing & Positioning: Segmentation -
6
Concept, Need & Benefits. Bases for segmentation for Consumer and business markets.
Criteria for effective segmentation. Market Potential & Market Share. Target Market –
Concept of Target Markets and criteria for selection. Segment Marketing, Niche & Local
Marketing, Mass marketing, Long Tail Marketing. Positioning - Concept of
differentiation & positioning, Value Proposition & Unique Selling Proposition.
MODULE 4: Product and Pricing: Importance of product management, product
levels, product hierarchy, Classification of products, product mix, product mix
strategies, Managing Product Life Cycle. New Product Development, packing as a
8
marketing tool, Role of labeling in packing. Concept of Branding, Brand Equity, branding
strategies. Introduction to pricing, Significance of pricing, factor influencing pricing
(Internal factor and External factor), objectives, Pricing Strategies, Pricing Procedure.
MODULE 5: Physical Distribution and Promotion: Roles and purpose of Marketing
Channels, Factors Affecting Channel Choice, Channel Design, Channel Management
Decision, Channel Conflict, Designing a physical Distribution System. Promotions-
Marketing communications- Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC)-
8
communication objectives, steps in developing effective communication. Advertising:
Advertising Objectives, Advertising Budget, Advertising Copy, AIDA model, Traditional
Vs Modern Media- Online and Mobile Advertising, social media for Advertising. Push-
pull strategies of promotion.
4
1. Conducting Survey regarding Consumer Behavior
2. Study Packaging strategies used by FMCG companies.
3. Study Distribution strategies used by companies
Recommended Books:
1. Kotler, Gary, (2019). Principles of Marketing, (16th ed.), Pearson Publications, Noida.
2. Kotler, Kevin Lane, Keller. (2018). Marketing Management (15e ed.), Pearson, Noida:
3. V S Ramaswamy, N. Namakumari. (2018). Marketing Management. (Fifth, Ed.), McGraw Hill
Education, New Delhi, India:
4. Michael J. Etzel, Bruce J. Walker, William J.Stanton, Ajay Pandit. (2018). Marketing, 14e ed,
McGraw Hill Education, Chennai, India.
Reference Books:
1. Prachi Gupta, Ashita Aggarwal, Hufrish Majra, Isaac Jacob, Varsha Jain, Ritu Narang. (2017),
Marketing Management-Indian Cases, 1st Edition, Pearson, Chennai.
2. Rajan Saxena. (2017). Marketing Management. (Fifth. Ed.), McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, India.

• https://youtu.be/5fdx5Laavkc
• https://youtu.be/Ule8n6GgE1g
• https://youtu.be/ob5KWs3I3aY?t=131
• https://youtu.be/U1VWUHLhmdk
• https://youtu.be/iWuYUhSHXHg
• https://youtu.be/IErR_YYfP3Y
• https://youtu.be/mLV7MASrDlQ
Explain the basic theoretical concepts and environmental factors influencing marketing
CO1
activities.
CO2 Apply the effective conceptual framework of marketing mix to achieve the marketing goals.
Analyse the marketing challenges and plan for an effective marketing through a right market
CO3
driven strategy.
Decide the buying behaviour of the consumers and critically formulate effective marketing
CO4
strategies.
CO-PO Matrix
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 3
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 3
SEMESTER – II
Course Name Operations Research Course Code : MORBA204
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 00 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Operations Research (OR) is a discipline that helps to make better decisions in complex scenarios by the
application of a set of advanced analytical methods. It couples theories, results and theorems of
mathematics, statistics and probability with its own theories and algorithms for problem solving.
Applications of OR techniques spread over various fields in engineering, management and public systems.
1. Ability to understand and analyze managerial problems in industry so that they can use resources
(capitals, materials, staffing, and machines) more effectively.
2. Knowledge of formulating mathematical models for quantitative analysis of managerial problems in
industry
3. To build capabilities in the students for analyzing different situations in the industrial/business
scenario involving limited resources and finding the optimal solution within constraints
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction, Scope of Operations Research, Classification of Operations
Research Models, Characteristics & Limitations of Operations Research, Methodology of
Operations Research, Applications of OR.(Theory only) 12
Linear programming problem: Structure, Formulation of LPP, guidelines for
formulation, optimal and feasible Solutions by graphical method (minimization and
maximization). (Theory and Problems)
MODULE 2 Decision Theory: Introduction, Decision under uncertainty- Maximin
&Minmax, Decision underRisk- Expected Value, Simple decision tree problems.
8
Job Sequencing- ‘n’ jobs on 2 machines, ‘n’ jobs on 3 machines, ‘n’ jobs on ‘m’ machines.
Sequencing of 2 jobs on ‘m’ machines. (Theory and Problems).
MODULE 3 Transportation Problems: Importance, terminologies used, methods for
finding Initial basic feasible solution; NWCM, LCM and VAM, unbalanced T.P., 9
Maximization T.P., Degeneracy in transportation problems, test for optimality (MODI
method), Application of Transportation problem. (Theory and Problems)
MODULE 4 : Theory of Games: Definition, Pure Strategy problems, Saddle point, Max-
Min and Min-Max criteria,Principle of Dominance, Solution of games with Saddle point.
Mixed Strategy problems (Graphical and algebraic methods).
Assignment Problem: Formulation, Solutions to assignment problems by Hungarian 9
method, Special cases in assignment problems: unbalanced, Maximization assignment
problems. Travelling Salesman Problem (TSP). Difference between assignment and T.S.P
(Theory and Problems).
MODULE 5 : Project Management: Introduction, Construction of networks, Structure of
projects, phases of project management-planning, scheduling, controlling phase, work
breakdown structure, project control charts, network planning (Theory only). 9
Critical path method to find the expected completion time of a project, determination of floats
in networks, PERT networks, determining the probability of completing a project, predicting
the completion time of project, Cost analysis in networks. (Theory and Problems)
Case study: Compulsory question for 20 Marks. Review and recap of case studies
4
1. Construct linear integer programming models and discuss the solution techniques.
2. Set up decision models and use some solution methods for nonlinear optimization problems
3. Use computer software’s to solve decision models
4. Understand the usage of game theory and Simulation for Solving Business Problems.
5. Formulate and solve problems as networks and graphs
Recommended Books:
1. Operation research , J.K.Sharma, McMillan Publication, 3rd Edition, 2014
2. Quantitative Techniques in management, N D Vohra, McGraw Hill 2015.
3. Operation research .H.A. Taha, Person Publication 2012
4. Quantitative Techniques: Theory and Problems, P.C. Tulsian and Vishal Pandey, PearsonIndia 2006
5. Cynthia Menezes Prabhu, Operations Research Techniques (2021), First Edition, Better Yourself
Books Publishing
Reference Books:
1. K.K. Chawla and Vijay Guptha, Operation research, quantitative techniques for management,
Kalyani publishers, Seventh Edition
2. David M. Lenine (2012), quantitative techniques for management. Pearson publication.
3. Fedric S Hiller and Gerald J Lieberman (2012), introduction to operation
• https://youtu.be/vuKK3HAOB74
• https://lipas.uwasa.fi/-tsottine/lecture_notes/or.pdf
• https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ma23/preview
• https://www.amirajcollege.in/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/3151910-operations-research-
theory-and-application-by-j.-k.-sharma-zlib.org_.pdf
• https://youtu.be/vUMGvpsb8dc
• https://youtu.be/fSuqTgnCVRg
• https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=operation+research+transportation+problem
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fSuqTgnCVRg
Note: The aforesaid links and study material are suggestive in nature, they may be used withdue regards to
copy rights, patenting and other IPR rules.
CO1 Explain the fundamentals of Operations Research and its definition, characteristics and phases
Apply appropriate quantitative techniques to get feasible and optimal solutions under different
CO2
business environments
Analyze best course of action out of several alternative courses for the purpose of achieving
CO3
objectives by applying OR techniques
Evaluate the real-life system with limited constraints and depict it in a model form relevance of
CO4
optimal decision under economic, social and ethical grounds
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 2

SEMESTER – II
Course Name Financial Management Course Code : MFMBA205
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 00 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Covers basic financial concepts and practices and includes analysis of company resources, types and
sources of financing, forecasting and planning methods, and the roles of the money and capital markets

1. To provide the concepts and foundations of managing finance in business enterprises.
2. To equip students with tools and techniques for managing financial resources.
3. To orient the students regarding financial management practices in Indian companies and Global
enterprises.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Financial Management: Meaning, Concept, Scope - Functions of Finance
Manager - Finance Functions - Profit Maximization Vs Wealth Maximization - Agency
Relationship and Cost - Concept of Time Value of Money - Future Value and Present Value. 9
Simple interest & Compound interest - Capital recovery factor & equated annual installments
(Theory & problems).
MODULE 2: Cost of capital: Sources of Financing - Cost of Capital: Meaning-
Importance - Classification of Cost of Capital Concept (debenture, long term loan, equity
9
& preference share) – Determinants of Cost of Capital–Weighted Average Cost of Capital
- (theory & problems).
MODULE 3: Capital Structure & Dividend Decisions: Concept of Capital Structure-
Capital Structure Determinants- theories of capital structure. EBIT-EPS Analysis,
Leverage- Concept –Types of Leverages. (Theory & Problems)
9
Dividend Decisions: Dividend- Meaning- Major forms of Dividends– Factors affecting
Dividend Policy- Dividends Relevance and Irrelevance Models - Walter and Gordon’s
models. (theory only)
MODULE 4: Investment Decision: Investment Decision Process- Capital
Budgeting Decisions -Traditional Vs Discounted Cash Flow – Pay Back Period-Average 9
Rate of Return-Net Present Value. (Theory & problems).
MODULE 5: Working Capital Decision: Working Capital: Concept, Components of
Working Capital, Determinants of operating cycle & cash cycle. Estimation of working 9
capital requirement of a firm. (Theory & Problems)
5
1. Draw an organization chart showing the steps used in financial planning of a company
2. Capital structure analysis of companies in different industries.
3. Take a company as example and show how firm borrows money and uses financial
leverage.
4. Bring out the structure of dividend policy and the factors included in any 5 companies
Recommended Books:
1. Corporate Finance – A Focused Approach (2017)-Brigham and Ehrhardt, Edition, Cengage Learning, Sixth
Edition
2. Corporate Finance (2015)- Jeffrey Jaffe, Prof Stephen A. Ross, Randolph W Wester field, Bradford D Jordan,
Tata McGraw Hill Publication, Eleventh Edition
3. Financial Management: Theory & Practices (2015): Prasanna Chandra, Ninth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, Tenth Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Financial Management, I M Pandey, 11th Edition, Vikas Publishing House.
2. Financial Management: A Step-by-Step Approach, N. R. Parasuraman, Cengage India; 2nd edition,2018
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/financial-management-and-analysis-workbook-step-by-step-
exercises-and-tests-to-
• help-you-master-financial-management-and-analysis-e158595305.html
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/fundamentals-of-financial-management-concise-sixth-edition-
e20229517.html
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CCQwz_Gwo6o
• https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/110107144/L01.html
Note: The aforesaid links and study materials are suggestive in nature, they may be used with due
regards to copyrights, patenting and other IPR rules.
CO1 Demonstrate the fundamental financial concepts, especially time value of money.
Illustrate main ways of raising capital and their respective advantages and disadvantages in different
CO2
circumstances
CO3 Analyze different structure of capital and dividend policies.
Identify various investment decisions by using various techniques and estimate working capital
CO4
requirement.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 2 3
AVG 3 3 3 2 3

SEMESTER – II
Business Research
Course Name Course Code : MBRBA206
Methods
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 00 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
The course will develop students’ knowledge and understanding of the role and conduct of qualitative and
quantitative research methods. The course equips students with skills to review and conduct
methodologically sound research as a part of their professional work. The goal is to learn how research is
being done, and to put that knowledge into practice emphasis lies on interpreting results and
communicating those to the world at large. Also it develops students’ knowledge on intellectual property
rights and patents.
1. To understand the basic components of research design
2. To Gain an insight into the applications of research methods
3. To equip students with various research analytical tools used in business research.
4. To provide the insights of IPR and IPR system in India
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Business Research: Meaning, characteristics, Types of
research, Stages of Research process - management problem, defining the research
problem, formulating the research Hypothesis, developing the research proposals, research 8
design formulation, sampling design, planning, and collecting the data for research, data
analysis and interpretation. Research applications in business decisions, Business
Research in 21st century, Ethical issues in Business Research.
MODULE 2: Business Research Design: Meaning, types and significance of research
design, errors affecting research design.
Exploratory Research: Meaning, purpose, methods, Literature search, experience survey,
focusgroups and comprehensive case methods.
Conclusive Research Design: Descriptive Research - Meaning, Types, Cross sectional 12
studies and longitudinal studies.
Experimental Research Design: Meaning and classification of experimental designs, Pre
experimental design, True experimental design, Quasi-experimental design, Statistical
experimental design.
Sampling : Concept, Sample design, Sampling Methods, Sample Size determination.
MODULE 3: Data Collection: Meaning, types, Secondary data Sources- advantages and
disadvantages. Primary Data collection methods – Qualitative & Quantitative methods -
Observations, survey and interview techniques. Questionnaire design: Meaning, process of
designing questionnaire. QualitativeTechniques of data collection, Measurement and Scaling 10
Techniques: Basic measurement scales-Nominal scale, Ordinal scale, Interval scale, Ratio scale.
Attitude measurement scale - Comparative scales & Non Comparative scales, Multi-Dimensional
Scaling.
MODULE 4: -
Data Analysis and Report Writing: Editing, Coding, Classification, Tabulation,
Validation. Analysis and Interpretation, Report writing and presentation of results, 7
Importance of report writing, types of research reports, Report structure, Guidelines for
effective documentation.
MODULE 5: Intellectual Property Rights: Meaning and Concepts of Intellectual Property, Nature
and Characteristics of Intellectual Property, Origin and Development of Intellectual Property, Kinds of
Intellectual Property, Intellectual Property System in India, IPRs- Invention and Creativity- Intellectual
8
Property-Importance and Protection of Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs)- A brief summary of:
Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, TRIPS and TRIMS , Industrial Designs- Integrated Circuits-
Geographical Indications-Establishment of WIPO- Application and Procedures
5
1. Identify research problem and collect relevant literatures for data analysis.
2. Write the research design by using Exploratory and Descriptive Research methods.
3. Prepare the questionnaire on brand awareness, effectiveness of training in public sector
organization, Investors attitude towards Mutual funds in any financial institutions.
4. Conduct Market survey and to investigate consumer perception towards any FMCG.
5. Demonstrate Report writing and Presentation methods.
6. Study Intellectual Property challenges in the field of business.
Recommended Books:
1. Business Research Methods: Donald R. Cooper & Pamela s Schindler, TMH/13e/2021
2. Research Methodology : C R Kothari, Viswa Prakasam Publication, 2014
3. Business Research Methods : S. N. Murthy & U. Bhojanna, Excel Books, 3e, 2016
4. Research Methods: M M Munshi & K Gayathri Reddy, HPH, 2015.
5. Intellectual Property Rights. India, IN: Neeraj, P., & Khusdeep, D. (2014). PHI learning Private Limited.
6. Intellectual Property Rights : Protection and Management, India, IN: Nithyananda, K V, Cengage Learning
India Private Limited, 2019.
Reference Books:
1. Research Methodology: C R Kothari, Viswa Prakasam Publication, 2020
2. Business Research Methods: A South-Asian Perspective. William G.Zikmund/Barry J.Babin/Jon
C.Carr/Atanu Adhikari/Mitch Griffin, Cengage learning
3. Intellectual Property Rights: Protection and Management. India, IN: Nithyananda, K V, Cengage Learning India
Private Limited, 2019.
• https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-library/pdf/Research-Methodology-CR-Kothari.pdf
• https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ge08/preview
• https://www.coursera.org/learn/research-methods
• https://www.researchgate.net/publication/319207471_HANDBOOK_OF_RESEARCH_METHODOL OGY
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/research-methodology-books.html
• https://dst.gov.in/sites/default/files/E-BOOK%20IPR.pdf
• https://www.icsi.edu/media/webmodules/IPRLP_NOV29.pdf
• https://sagepub.libguides.com/c.php?g=964634&p=6968892
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSeeyJVD0JU
• https://www.icsi.edu/docs/webmodules/Publications/9.4%20Intellectual%20Property%20Rights.pdf
Explain research approaches, techniques, various forms of the intellectual property and its
CO1
impact in changing global business environment
Apply a range of quantitative / qualitative research techniques to business and day to day
CO2
management problems.
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of data analysis, interpretation, report writing and
CO3
instruments concerning IPR.
Develop necessary critical thinking skills in order to evaluate different research approaches in
CO4
Business.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 2
SEMESTER – II
Data Analysis for
Course Name Course Code : MDLBA207
Research
: 00 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 04 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 0:0:4 CREDITS : 02
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Efficient decision making in the organizations supported by analyzing the data systematically with
appropriate statistical software. The course develops the knowledge on SPSS software utility in analyzing
the various statistical tools for best decision making.
1. To understand the relevance of data, structure, and software knowledge.
2. To understand the steps of using the software for statistical tools.
3. To gain the knowledge on process of data analysis for decision making.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Statistics and SPSS, Starting SPSS, Entering and Editing
Data in SPSS, Importing and Exporting Data in SPSS, Basic Concepts of Statistics and 8
Research in Behavioral Sciences.
MODULE 2: Descriptive Statistics: - Frequency, Percentage, Measures of Central
Tendency, Measures of Variability, Correlation: Bivariate Correlation. Partial 8
Correlation, Regression, Simple and Multiple Regression.
MODULE 3: Inferential Statistics, Parametric Tests like One Sample t- Test,
Independent Sample t- Test, Dependent (Paired) Sample t-Test, Comparing Means; One 8
way ANOVA, Two Way ANOVA.
MODULE 4: Non-Parametric Test: Chi Square Test for Independence, Mann Whitney 6
U Test, Wilcoxon Sign Ranked Test, Kruskal Wallis Test,.
MODULE 5: Data Reduction Techniques like Factor Analysis (Principal Component 6
Analysis) and Cluster Analysis.
discussed from Unit 1 to Unit 5. 4

1. Collect the data through online survey and identify the data cleaning techniques.
2. Analyze the data on different cases like customer challenges, market analysis,
organization employee behavior study etc.
Recommended Books:
1. Lokesh Jasraj, Data Analysis using SPSS , SAGE Texts
2. Dr. Lalit Prasad, Dr. Priyanka Mishra, Data analysis using SPSS, Nirali Prakashana
3. Andy Field, Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics, SAGE Texts
CO1 Explain the nature of data, structure, and software structure
CO2 Apply the statistical tools for different cases using SPSS software
CO3 Analyze the criteria of statistical tools in software
CO4 Evaluate the decisions using appropriate statistical tools available in software
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 2

SEMESTER – II
Managerial
Course Name Course Code : MMLBA208
Communication -2
: 00 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 0:0:2 CREDITS : 01
COURSE OVERVIEW:
To enable the students to become aware of their written communication skills and sensitize them about
the importance and barriers to written communication, corporate practices and to make them aware of
gateways so as to enhance their potential to become successful managers.
1. To improve Written Communication
2. To enhance writing techniques
3. Introduce corporate correspondence
TEACHING
MODULES HOURS
MODULE 1: Written Communication: Types of communication like letters,
memos, reports, fax, email, presentations, and multimedia, choosing the means of 4
communication, stages in communication cycle, Barriers to effective communication,
communication systems.
MODULE 2: Writing Techniques: Rules of good writing, adaptation and selection of
words, masculine words, writing with style- choosing words with right strength and
vigor, using a thesaurus, writing effective sentences, developing logical paragraphs, 5
Précis writing, developing coherent paragraphs, overall tone, drafting, editing, and
finalizing the business letters.
MODULE 3: Persuasive Message: Planning the persuasive message, common types of
persuasive requests, principles of persuasive communication. Reformulating and
summarizing – summary, using synonyms and antonyms, reducing phrases.
MODULE 4: HR Related Correspondence: Application letter, curriculum vitae,
interview, references, offer of employment, job description, letter of acceptance, letter of 5
resignation, writing routine and persuasive letters.
MODULE 5: Internal Communications: Memoranda, meetings - agenda and minutes,
Writing memos, circulars, notices, and emails. Positive and negative messages such as 5
Letter of Appreciation, Letter of Congratulations, Warning Letter, Show Case Notice.
Writing Follow up letters and reminders, Writing Sales letters, collection letters, Poster
Making. Reportwriting.
5
1. Design a Self-Assessment Test for understanding essential skills.
2. Role Play to initiate meaningful communication.
3. Role play through any given situation to motivate Teams.
4. Writing a Team Charter.
5. Arrange a virtual meeting and test the negotiation skills.
Recommended Books:
1. Natalie Canavor, Business writing for Dummies, Wiley 3rd edition
2. Business Communication, P.D. Chaturvedi, Pearson Education
3. Business Communication, T N Chhabra, Bhanu Ranjan, Sun India
CO1 Understand the elements of written communication, and barriers to effective communication.
Demonstrate appropriate use of writing abilities and express themselves effectively in routine and
CO2
special real world business interactions.
CO3 Analyze the requirements of HR correspondence letters and execute.
CO4 Appraise the pros and cons of written communications in a business context.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 2

SEMESTER – II
Course Name Leadership Course Code : MAEBA209
: 00 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks : 00
L:T:P : 0:0:2 CREDITS : 00
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Student leadership development is an increasingly important part of the higher education experience.
When students graduate, they’ll be expected to be self-aware, skilled collaborators who are effective
individual contributors with the potential to lead teams, departments, and eventually entire
organizations. Outbound student leadership development programs enhance what students learn in the
classroom by giving them powerful tools for personal and professional success. (An NPTEL course)
1. Helps individuals understand themselves better, identify strengths and weaknesses and see how
they can make an impact.
2. Places demands on individuals that push them to learn and grow.
3. Nurtures growth that includes emotional support, skill development, access to resources and
services in a social context
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
Three key areas for student evaluation:
1. Leading self: Self Aware, accountable, resilient, having integrity
2. Leading with Others: Collaborative, communicative, active listener, considerate, 24
respectful, and accepting.
3. Being Agile: Visionary, motivating, encouraging
CO1 Students should explain the competency of agreement with overall goals, aims and mission (Direction).
Apply the ability of organizing, coordination and integration of resources, work and knowledge in service
CO2
of shared direction (Alignment).
Analyze the willingness to subsume personal interest in favor of the interests of the group and the group’s
CO3
goals.
CO4 Appraise the leadership characteristics in different business decision making situations
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 2

Semester III
SEMESTER – III
Course Name Strategic Management Course Code : MSMBA301
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
The course provides the students with a general overview of the planning process of business strategies.
The topics include concepts of corporate strategy, decision making process, formulation of strategy,
implementation and evaluation of strategy. The objective of this course is to provide insight to core
concepts of strategic management, evaluate different business strategies and strategic models.
1. Gain knowledge of strategic management theories and concepts to solve business problems.
2. Understand the influence of different forces and environmental factors impacting on strategic
decision making in any business.
3. Know about strategic leaders’ role in formulating, implementing and controlling strategies
towards improving organizational performance.
4. Understand how competitors frame strategies at global level and its impact on stakeholders of
the company.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: OVERVIEW OF STRATECIC MANAGEMENT
Meaning of strategy and strategic management, Stages of strategic management, the strategic
management model, benefits of strategic management, key terms in strategic management, 07
Competitive advantage, strategists, vision, mission, long term objectives, strategies, annual
objectivesand policies.
MODULE 2 : EXTERNAL ASSESSMENT
The process of performing an external audit, Nature of an external audit, key external forces,
industry analysis, competitive forces, competitive analysis-porter’s five forces model, key
success factors.
10
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT
Nature of internal audit, key internal forces, the process of performing internal audit, Resource
Based View(RBV), Integrating strategy and culture, SWOT analysis, Value chain analysis,
Bench marking, Internal factor evaluation matrix.
MODULE 3: STRATEGY FORMULATION
The business vision and mission, process of developing vision and mission, importance of 13
vision and mission statement, characteristics of mission statement, long term objectives,
types of strategies, levels of strategies, integration strategies, intensive strategies,
diversification strategies, defensive strategies, Porters generic strategies, Blue Ocean
Strategy.
MODULE 4: STRATEGY IMPLIMENTATION
Nature of strategy implementation, annual objectives, policies, resource allocation, managing
conflicts, restructuring, reengineering and e-engineering, linking performance and pay to 10
strategies, creating a strategy-supportive culture, operations concerns in implementing
strategies.
MODULE 5: STRATEGY EVALUATION
The process of evaluating strategies, strategy evaluation framework, balanced score card,
10
characteristics of an effective evaluation system, contingency planning, 21st century challenges
in strategic management.
discussed from Module 1 to Module 5
• Analyzing the Mission and Vision statements of selected Indian companies.
• Applying Michael Porter’s model to an industry (Retail, Telecom, Infrastructure, FMCG, Insurance,
Banking etc.
• Internal Analysis & Strategies of a listed company in the form of the report to besubmitted.
• Pick a company that has performed very badly compared to its competitors. Collect information on
why the company failed. What were the issues in strategy and execution that were responsible for the
company’s failure in the market; analyze the internal and external factors.
• Conduct SWOT analysis of companies around your campus.
Recommended Books:
1. Strategic Management Fred R. David Prentice Hall India Publication.
2. Crafting and Executing Strategy: The Quest for Competitive Advantage – Concepts and CasesArthur
A. Thompson Jr. Margaret A. Peteraf John E. Gamble, A. J. Strickland III, Arun K. Jain, McGraw Hill
Education, 16/e 2016
3. Strategic Management- Michael A. Hitt, R. Duane Ireland, Robert E. Hoskisson, 12e, Cengage
Learning
Reference Books:
1. Contemporary Strategy Analysis, Robert M. Grant, Wiley India, 10e
2. Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases, David R, 14/e, PHI.
3. Strategic Management: Building and Sustaining Competitive Advantage, Robert A. Pitts & David
Lei, 4/e, Cengage Learning.
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uY_ywciZUnM
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qGU-etCqbtQ
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TzcuoTOkPKg
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mgY864U-OH0
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MIOLtFPYfsE
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d2GoZDOXzzw
CO1 Explain the strategic management theories and practices for any business situations.
Demonstrate the knowledge of strategy formulation, implementation and control for data
CO2
driven decision making.
Examine various factors of strategic management that influence teams to achieve
CO3
organizational goals.
Verify strategies framed by competitors globally and communicate the same to the
CO4
stakeholders for the sustainable development.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
-CO3 - - 3 - 3 -
CO4 - - - 3 - 2
AVG 3 3 3 3 3 2
SEMESTER – III
Design thinking and
Course Name Course Code : MDTBA302
Innovation Management
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: Design thinking is a method to increase a company's value and bring relief to users.
It emphasizes user experience over the market, design over engineering and customer over product.
The course content covers the introduction, sense intent, know context, know people, frame insights,
explore concepts and frame solutions.
• To familiarise Design Thinking (DT) and its phases.
• To enable the students to become aware of the evolution, concepts & models of Design Thinking.
• To enable learners with the context, methods and mindsets pertaining to Design Thinking.
• To equip students to the opportunities to ideate and find solutions by applying DT.
TEACHING
MODULES HOURS
MODULE 1:
Introduction, Design Thinking as a Solution, The Value of Design Thinking, A Look at the
History of Design Thinking, A Look at the History of Design Thinking, Four Core Principles of 06
Successful Innovation, A Model of the Design Innovation Process, Seven Modes of the Design
Innovation Process, Understanding Methods.
MODULE 2 :
Sense Intent: Mindsets, Sensing Changing Conditions, Seeing Overviews, Foreseeing Trends,
Reframing Problems, Forming an Intent, Sense Intent: Methods, Buzz Reports, Popular Media
Scan, Key Facts, Innovation Sourcebook, Trends Expert Interview, Keyword Bibliometrics, Ten
Types of Innovation Framework, Innovation Landscape, Trends Matrix, Convergence Map, From
To Exploration, Initial Opportunity Map, Offering-Activity-Culture Map, Intent Statement.
10
Know Context: Mindsets, Knowing Context History, Understanding Frontiers, Seeing System
Overviews, Understanding Stakeholders, Using Mental Models, Know Context: Methods,
Contextual Research Plan, Popular Media Search, Publications Research, Eras Map, Innovation
Evolution Map, Financial Profile, Analogous Models, Competitors- complementors Map, Ten
Types of Innovation Diagnostics, Industry Diagnostics, SWOT Analysis, Subject Matter Experts
Interview, Interest Groups Discussion.
MODULE 3: Know People: Mindsets, Observing Everything, Building Empathy, Immersing in
Daily Life, Listening Openly, Looking for Problems and Needs. Know People: Methods,
05
Research Participant Map, Research Planning Survey, User Research Plan, Five Human Factors,
POEMS, Field Visit, Video Ethnography, Ethnographic Interview, User Pictures Interview,
Cultural Artifacts, Image Sorting, Experience Simulation, Field Activity, Remote Research, User
Observations Database
MODULE 4: Frame Insights: Mindsets, Exploring Systems, Looking for Patterns, Constructing
Overviews, Identifying Opportunities, Developing Guiding Principles. Frame Insights: Methods,
Observations to Insights, Insights Sorting, User Observation Database Queries, User Response
Analysis, ERAF Systems Diagram, Descriptive Value Web, Entities Position Map, Venn
Diagramming, Tree/Semi-Lattice Diagramming, Symmetric Clustering Matrix, Asymmetric 07
Clustering Matrix, Activity Network, Insights Clustering Matrix, Semantic Profile, User
Groups Definition, Compelling Experience Map, User Journey Map, Summary Framework,
Design Principles Generation, Analysis Workshop.
MODULE 5:
Explore Concepts: Challenging Assumptions, Standing in the Future, Exploring Concepts at the
Fringes, Seeking Clearly Added Value, Narrating Stories about the Future. Explore Concepts:
Methods, Principles to Opportunities, Opportunity Mind Map, Value Hypothesis, Persona
Definition, Ideation Session, Concept-Generating Matrix, Concept Metaphors and Analogies,
Role-Play Ideation, Ideation Game, Puppet Scenario, Behavioral Prototype, Concept Prototype,
Concept Sketch, Concept Scenarios, Concept Sorting, Concept Grouping Matrix, Concept
Catalog.
Frame solutions: Mindsets, Conceiving Holistic Solutions, Conceiving Options, Making Value 12
Judgments, Envisioning Scenarios, Structuring Solutions, Frame solutions: Methods,
Morphological Synthesis, Concept Evaluation, Prescriptive Value Web, Concept-Linking Map,
Foresight Scenario, Solution Diagramming, Solution Storyboard, Solution Enactment, Solution
Prototype, Solution Evaluation, Solution Roadmap, Solution Database, Synthesis Workshop.
Realize Offerings: Mindsets, Reiterating Prototypes, Evaluating in Reality, Defining Strategies,
Implementing in Reality, Communicating Vision, Realize Offerings: Methods, Strategy
Roadmap, Platform Plan, Strategy Plan Workshop, Pilot Development and Testing,
Implementation Plan,
Competencies Plan, Team Formation Plan, Vision Statement, Innovation Brief.
• Visit Startups to comprehend prototype development.
• Observe the innovation and technology synchronisation for creative Design Thinking.
• Conduct interview with the social entrepreneurs and develop the social sustainable prototypes.
• Learn to be a critical thinker and respond to the societal needs.
Recommended Books:
• Design Thinking for Strategy – Innovating towards Competitive Advantage by Claude Diderich,
Springer, 2020.
• 101 Design Methods – A Structured Approach to Driving Innovation in your Organization by Vijay
Kumar, John Wiley & Sons,2013.
• The Design of Business – Why Design Thinking is the next Competitive Advantage by Roger Martin,
Harvard Business Press, 2009.
• Design Thinking – Integrating innovation, Customer experience, & Brand Value by Thomas Lockwood,
Allworth Press, 2009.
• Design Thinking Methodology by Emrah Yayici, ArtBizTech, 2016.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources)
• https://www.ideou.com/pages/design-thinking-resources
• https://www.innovationtraining.org/stanford-design-thinking-resources/
• https://www.teachthought.com/pedagogy/45-design-thinking-resources-for-educators/
• https://theaccidentaldesignthinker.com/design-thinking-tools-resources/

CO1 Understand the Design Thinking process from business management perspective.
CO2 Apply the knowledge and skills of DT in prototype development for product/service innovations.
CO3 Analyse sustainable and societal challenges and find solutions.
CO4 Evaluate the pros and cons for sustainable development by applying DT.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 2 1 2
CO2 2
CO3 3
CO4 2 3 2
AVG 2 1.5 2.5 2.5
SEMESTER – III
Course Name Consumer Behaviour Course Code : MMMBA313
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
The study of consumers helps students to improve their marketing strategies by understanding: the psychology
of how consumers think, feel, reason, and select between different alternatives (e.g., brands, products) of how
the consumer is influenced by his or her environment while shopping or making other marketing decisions.
This course is an overall study of the behavioral aspects of a consumer as an individual, or in the context of a
group or an organization.
1. To understand the concept of purchasing decision and its influences on consumer behavior.
2. To provide an insight of the psychological behavioral concepts of consumers.
3. To study the social and cultural dimensions influencing consumer behavior.
4. To enhance the knowledge of emerging trends in consumer behavior.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Consumer Behaviour: Meaning of Consumer Behaviour;
Difference between Consumer & Customer; Nature & characteristics of Indian Consumers;
05
Consumerism: meaning; Consumer Movement in India; Rights & Responsibilities of
consumers in India; Benefits of consumerism.
MODULE 2: Consumer Decision Making: Consumer Buying Decision Process, Levels
of Consumer Decision Making – Four views of consumer decision making. On-line
Decision Making: Meaning & Process/Stages. Situational Influences- Nature of Situational
Influence, Situational Characteristics and consumption behaviour. Models of Consumer
Behaviour: Input-Process-Output Model, Nicosia Model, Howard Sheth Model, Engel- 10
Kollat-Blackwell Models of Consumer Behaviour, Class Exercise: Conducting consumer
experiments.
Customer Relationship Management- Meaning & Significance of CRM, Types of CRM
Strategiesfor building relationship marketing,
MODULE 3: Motivation: Basics of Motivation, Needs, Goals, Positive & Negative
Motivation, and Rational Vs Emotional motives, Motivation Process, Arousal of motives,
12
Selection of goals. Motivation Theories and Marketing Strategy - Maslow’s Hierarchy of
Needs, McGuire’s Psychological Motives.
Personality: Basics of Personality, Theories of Personality and Marketing Strategy
(Freudian Theory, NeoFreudian Theory, Trait Theory), Applications of Personality
concepts in Marketing, Personality and understanding consumer diversity, Brand
Personality, Self and Self-Image.
Perception: Basics of Perception & Marketing implications, Elements of Perception,
Dynamics of Perception, Influence of perception on consumer behavior, Consumer
Imagery, Perceived price,Perceived quality, price/quality relationship, Perceived Risk,
Types of risk, How do consumers’ handle risk
MODULE 4: Learning: Elements of Consumer Learning, Marketing Applications of
Behavioural Learning Theories, Classical Conditioning – Pavlovian Model, Instrumental
Conditioning. Attitude: Basics of attitude, the nature of attitude, Models of Attitude and
09
Marketing Implication,(Tricomponent Model of attitude, Multi attribute attitude models.
Elaboration Likelihood Model). Persuasive Communication: Communications strategy,
Target Audience, Media Strategy, Messagestrategies, Message structure and presentation.
MODULE 5: Social Class: Social Class Basics, What is Social Class? (Social class &
Social status, the dynamicsof status consumption), Features of Social Class, Five Social-
Class Categories in India. Culture: Basics, Meaning, Characteristics, Factors affecting
culture, Role of customs, values and beliefs in Consumer Behaviour. Subculture: Meaning,
Subculture division and consumption pattern in India, Types of subcultures. Cross Culture
- Cross-cultural consumer analysis - Cross-cultural marketing strategy: Cross-cultural
marketing problems in India, Strategies to overcome cross-cultural problem Groups:
Meaning and Nature of Groups, Types Family: The changing structure of family, Family
14
decision making and roles in decision making, Dynamics of husband-wife decision making,
The family life cycle & marketing strategy, Traditional family life cycle & marketing
implications. Reference Groups: Understanding the power & benefits of reference groups,
Types of reference group, Reference Group Appeals. Opinion Leadership: Dynamics of
opinion leadership process, Measurement of opinion leadership,Market Mavens, Opinion
Leadership & Marketing Strategy, Creation of Opinion Leaders. Diffusion of Innovations:
Diffusion Process, Adoption Process: Stages, categories of adopters, Post Purchase
Processes.
• Students can go to malls and unorganized retail outlets and observe the behavior of consumers of
different demographic segments while buying different category of goods. The students need to present
the findings followed with a group discussion.
• Students must prepare a questionnaire and conduct the survey on consumer buying behavior and present
the findings in the class.
• Meet your friends and conduct a survey to find what are the important factors in their purchase of
mobiles, shoes, bags etc.
• Conduct a study on advertisements regarding a specific product and find out how consumer deal with the
information overload.
Recommended Books:
1. Consumer Behavior - Barry J. Babin | Eric G. Harris | Ashutosh Mohan, 1/e, 2016, Cengage Learning
2. Consumer Behavior: A Managerial Perspective, Dr. Dheeraj Sharma, Jagdish N Sheth, Banwari
Mittal,1/e, Cengage Learning
3. Consumer Behavior - Leon Schiff man, Lesslie, Kanuk, 10/e, Pearson, Latest edition.
Reference Books:
1. Consumer Behavior in Indian Perspective – Suja Nair, Himalaya Publications, 2015
2. Consumer Behavior: Building Marketing Strategy – Del I. Hawkins, & Others, 11/e, TMH,
3. Consumer Behavior- Satish K. Batra& S H Kazmi, Excel Books.
1. https://youtu.be/ctMpHpJouoU
2. https://youtu.be/jSrC-EWYIJQ
3. https://youtu.be/dptzjrKRAm8
4. https://youtu.be/60eRK7AwgwM
5. https://youtu.be/KILsxmXUm_M
6. https://youtu.be/0srjdRDh99Y

CO1 Explain the fundamental concepts and models of Consumer Behavior.
CO2 Apply the psychological behavioral practices adopted in consumer decision making.
Analyze the factors influencing the behavior of an individual and a group by framing effective
CO3
communication strategies
Determine the consumer social responsiveness and consumer research in achieving the marketing
CO4
goals.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 2
SEMESTER – III
Marketing Research and
Course Name Course Code : MMMBA314
Analytics
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
It combines marketing research principles and skills with cutting edge "big data" analytics techniques to
equip the students with the training required to deliver insights and strategies to help organizations make
smarter and more impactful business decisions. The course able to enhance the knowledge, skill and
thinking ability of students in various content like design and implementation of marketing research
projects, decision support system and application in product research, pricing research, distribution and
promotion research with suitable analytical tools.
1. To provide an understanding of the basics of marketing research process.
2. To orient on the theoretical and practical aspects of marketing research.
3. Encourage the students to take up analytical thinking through research.
4. To highlight importance marketing research for enhancing marketing strategies.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Marketing Research Dynamics
Meaning of Marketing research; when marketing research is unnecessary; Nature and
Scope of Marketing Research; Marketing Research in the 21st Century (Indian Scenario);
limitations of Marketing Research; threats to marketing research; Introduction to 12
marketing intelligence: concept of marketing intelligence (MI), components, need for MI,
Domains of MI. Ethics in marketing research. Design o f
consumer experiments using Conjoint Analysis. Case Study on Marketing Research
Dynamics.
MODULE 2: Marketing Research Projects
Design and implementation of Marketing Research Projects, defining research questions,
identifying respondents, sampling accuracy and sufficiency. Issues around studying human
subjects 10
Marketing Decision Support System-Meaning, Use of Decision Support Systems in
Marketing Research, Data base & Data warehousing. The three Vs: Volume, Velocity &
Varity, The Fourth V: Value. Elements of data base, types of data base, using
marketing data base for marketing intelligence, ways to gather consumer data.
MODULE 3: Applications of Marketing Research: Introduction, Consumer Market
Research, Business-to-Business Market Research, Product Research, Pricing Research,
10
Motivational Research, Distribution Research, Advertising Research, Media research, Sales
Analysis and Forecasting.
MODULE 4: Predictive analysis : Meaning of predictive analysis, how good are models
at predictive behavior, benefits of predictive models and applications of predictive
analysis, reaping the benefits, avoiding the pitfalls, importance of predictive model, 10
process of predictive analytics. Predictive Analytics, Data Mining and Big Data_
Myths, Misconceptions and Methods by Steven Finlay.
MODULE 5: Product Research- Analysis of Diffusion of products, Adoption decisions,
08
Product – services tradeoffs, evaluating prototypes, Luxury and Lifestyle products.
1. Choose 5 successful products or services and identify the insight behind them through a field survey.
2. Do a comprehensive essay on the difference between consumers vs. trade vs. Competition insights &
how best to exploit them.
3. Take 5 recent digital innovations like twitter or face book and identify the insights.
4. Running case with real data Dell, Comprehensive critical thinking case Baskin-Robbins.
5. Data Analysis case with real data IBM.
Recommended Books
1. Marketing Research- An Applied Orientation, Naresh K Malhotra & Satya Bhushan Dash, Pearson
7th edition.
2. Marketing Analytics Using Excel, Ajithab Dash, Sage publications, 2019
3. Essentials of Marketing Research, William G Zikmund et. Al, Cengage, 7th edtion.
4. Marketing Research, V Kumar, Sage publications 1/e,2015
Reference Books:
1. Market Research: Text and cases, Rajendra Nargundkar, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd Edition
2. The Effective Use of Market Research: How to drive and focus better business decisions, Robin
J Birn, Viva, 4th Edition
3. Marketing Research: Methodological Foundations, Gilbert A Churchill & Dawan Lacobucci, 8th
Edition

CO1 Explain the concepts, objectives and process of Market research.
Apply the critical thinking skills and practical aspects of sampling design, data collection
CO2
methods, and analysis using statistical software.
Analyze the data interpretation with measurement techniques and analytics to business
CO3
and management problems.
CO4 Determine the appropriate marketing research approaches for business situations.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 2
AVG 3 3 - 3 - 2
SEMESTER – III
MMMBA35
Course Name Services Marketing Course Code :
5A
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Service marketing is a study of the unique characteristics of services, requiring different strategies
compared to the marketing of physical goods. Services marketing typically refers to both (B2C) and (B2B)
services, and expanded marketing mix which consists of the seven Ps, product, price, place, promotion,
people, physical evidence and process. This. course highlights the reasons for service gap occurrence and
bridging the gap with suitable marketing strategies in industry practice. Also focused on the role of
customers, employees and challenges in delivering services.
1. To acquaint the students with the characteristics of services and their marketing implications along
with emphasizing on GAPs model.
2. To acquaint the students with the reasons for service gap creation and role of service research
3. To discuss and conceptualize the service quality, productivity in services, role of personnel in service
marketing and to manage changes in the environment.
4. To familiarize the students with the strategies towards closing the GAPs for effective services
marketing
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction: Meaning and Definition of services Marketing, Reasons for the
growth of services sector and its contribution; difference in goods and service marketing;
characteristics of services; concept of service marketing triangle; service marketing mix.
Consumer behavior in services: Search, Experience and Credence property, consumer
10
expectation of services, two levels of expectation, Zone of tolerance, Factors influencing
customer expectation of services. Customer perception of services, Factors influencing customer
perception of service, Service
encounters, Customer satisfaction, Strategies for influencing customer perception.
MODULE 2: GAP models of service quality: Key reasons for gap using marketing research to
understand customer expectation, Types of service research, building customer relationship
08
through retention strategies–Relationship marketing, Evaluation Of customer relationships,
Benefits of customer relationship, levels of retention strategies, Market segmentation-Basis &
targeting in services. “Hard”&“Soft” standards.
MODULE 3: Yield management: balancing capacity utilization, pricing. Waiting line
strategies-four basic Waiting line strategies.
Matching supply & demand in capacity, four common types of constraints facing services,
09
optimum v/s maximum use of capacity, strategies for matching capacity & demand. Key
reasons for GAP-2 service leadership- Creation of service vision and implementation, Service
quality as profit strategy.
MODULE 4: Boundary spanning roles: Emotional labour, Source of conflict, Quality-
productivity trade off, Strategies for closing GAP3. Customer’s role in service delivery-
Importance of customer & customer’s role in service delivery, Strategies for enhancing- 09
Customer participation,-Key reasons for GAP 4 involving communication, four categories of
strategies to match service promises with delivery.
MODULE 5: Pricing of services: Role of price and value in provider GAP 4, Role of non-
monitory cost, Price as an indicator of service quality–Approaches to pricing services, pricing
strategies, Key intermediariesfor service delivery, Intermediary control strategies. Role of
services marketing communication SERVQUAL Model.
Physical evidence in services: Importance of Physical Evidence, Elements of Physical 14
Evidence,Physical Evidence Strategies, Guidelines for Physical Evidence. Service scapes:
Types of service scapes-Objectives and Goals of service scapes, Role of servicescapes,
Approaches for understanding service scapes effects, Frame work for understanding service
scapes & its effect on behavior-Guidance for physical evidence strategies.
1. Ask students to choose a service industry of their choice at the beginning of the semester.
2. Ask them to do an in-depth study of the industry and give a presentation at the end of the every Module
relating the concepts to the particular industry (GAPS).
3. Students can prepare service blueprints for any service of their choice.
4. Identify any existing services, locate loopholes in the design and suggest modifications.
Recommended Books:
1. Services Marketing, Valarie A Zeithmal& Mary Jo, McGraw Hill, 6/e 2018
2. Services Marketing, Christopher Lovelock, Pearson Education, 2014
3. Services Marketing, Parasuraman, Sage Publications 2018
Reference Books:
1. Services Marketing – Rajendra Nargundkar, 3/e, TMH, 2010
2. Services Marketing – Hoffman & Bateson, 4/e, Cengage Learning, 2007.
3. Services Marketing: Operation, Management and Strategy – Kenneth E Clow & David L, Kurtz, 2/e,
Biztantra, 2007
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awr1SU.Oo_Nidm4IV9i7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzEEdnRpZAMEc
2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660163087/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2febooks.lpude.in%2fmanagement%2fmba%2fter
m_4%2fDMGT510_SERVICES_MARKETING.pdf/RK=2/RS=rz8XYyCSOhGnU6JznbgeyVS_8NM-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awr1SU.Oo_Nidm4IWNi7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzIEdnRpZAME
c2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660163087/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fwww.coursehero.com%2ffile%2f27673829%2 fServices-
Marketing-5th-Edition-pdf%2f/RK=2/RS=Ric3RoGnmc212j6Xe5dA6FmlStA-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awr1SU.Oo_Nidm4IY9i7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzQEdnRpZAME
c2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660163087/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2finfolearners.com%2febooks%2fessentials-of-
services-marketing-3rd-edition-pdf-free-download%2f/RK=2/RS=eUc.stCHtWkAmoi3H7VQ_mdeFT0-

Explain the basic knowledge of services marketing, service gaps, consumer expectations and
CO1 perceptions toward services
Apply the strategies to identify the customer expectation through services marketing research
CO2
and frame strategies to build customer relationship
Analyse the employee’s and customer role in service designing and delivery for maintaining
CO3
team efficiency
Determine the strategies towards closing the GAPs for effective services marketing,
CO4
including marketing communication and effective delivery of services
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - - 3 2
CO4 - - - 3 - -
AVG 3 3 - 3 3 2
SEMESTER – III
B2B Marketing
Course Name Course Code : MMMBA355B
Management
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course provides knowledge about the fundamentals of B2B Marketing. It explores the knowledge
on purchasing behavior, B2B strategy and Market segmentation, market communication, relationship
portfolio, key account management, product offering and price setting strategies in B2B marketing
management.
1. To make students understand B2B Marketing and its characteristics.
2. To understand traditional marketing approach vis-a vis modern marketing approach using the B2B
strategy
3. To enhance knowledge of B2B emerging trends in integrated marketing communications.
4. Managing innovation in the B2B context and understand concept of Relationship portfolioand Key Account
Management.
MODULES TEACHING HOURS
MODULE 1: B2B Marketing: B2B-Introduction, significance and concept of B2B
Marketing. Business Markets, characteristics. Classification of Business Products and 05
Markets.
Module 2: Organisational Buying Behaviour: Factors affecting purchasing decisions,
purchasing orientation, Segmenting purchase categories. Purchase Process-variations.
Buying situations and marketer actions.Online buying. Traditional marketing approach-
uncertainties of buyer and supplier/marketer. Supplier uncertainties. Relationship 10
variables. Impact of IT. Inter-firm Relationships and Networks.
Research on B2B markets: Marketing Information System; Research facilities; Analysis
of competition - Benchmarking.
MODULE 3: B2B strategy and Market Segmentation:
Process, approach. Responsible strategy-CSR and sustainability, Customer value and
strategy.Researching B2B markets. Standard industrial classification.
B2B Market Segmentation- Significance of segmentation. Basis of segmentation. 12
Challenges ofsegmentation in B2B markets. B2B positioning.
Relationship Portfolio & Key Account Management:
Principles of Portfolio management, identifying key accounts, Classification criteria.
Relationship life-cycle, declassification, managing loyalty
MODULE 4: Market Communication: Brand expression, Communication mix and
customer acquisition process. Relationship Communication, sales responsibilities. The
relationship communication process, call preparation, selling to low-priority and high
10
priority customers. Value selling and consequences- order fulfillment-relationship
building. Vertical specialization: Choosing industry; specialization;
Expanding to other verticals in the industry.
MODULE 5: B2B product Offerings and Price Setting: Elements of B2B offering,
strategic tools for managing product offerings, managing innovation in the B2B context.
Price setting in B2B markets- 3 C’s of pricing-cost, customer and competition-Pricing-
strategy, price positioning, role of sales force in pricing, bid pricing, internet auctions, 13
ethical aspects of B2B pricing. Product Policy of established products: Classification of
the product types; The life cycle of the product; Management products; Strategies for
established products. Pricing: Price on the Internet; Financial marketing.
• Interview a salesperson and write a brief report about what they like and dislike about their jobs, their
salary, travelling allowances, sales quotas, why chose sales career, and what does it take to succeed in
this profession.
• Ask your friends if they would buy certain goods like groceries, vegetables, socks, mobile, pens etc
from the roadside vendor as against a regular shop. Group the products into low risk and high risk ones.
Does this buying behaviour also depend on the personality of the individual doing the buying? Or the
one doing the selling?
• Students can make a presentation on any product or the services of student choice, covering selling
strategies and one day work exposure towards merchandising in any big retail outlets of respective
places where the institute if operating.
• Rural colleges can send the students to the city nearby to observe the merchandising planning in retail
outlets and to make a small report.
• Roles and functions of sales manager and sales people are different in every organizationSales
people view the roles of sales managers in their own way and vice versa. You are the sales manager of
a company. You make an analysis of what you feel should be roles of a salesmanager and a salesperson
for maximizing sales of the organization.
• Your company is active in internet trading. A current issue in internet trading is: how to make internet selling
safe. Different methods have been suggested for safety or security of internet trading. You have to analyze
different methods and recommend a method for your company.
Recommended Books:
1. Business to Business Marketing, Ross Brennan, Louise Canning & Raymond McDowell, Sage
Publications, 3e -2014
2. B2B Marketing Strategy: Differentiate, Develop and Deliver Lasting Customer Engagement,
Heidi Taylor, Kogan Page, 1/e, 2017
Reference Books:
1. Innovative B2B Marketing: New Models, Processes and Theory, Simon Hall, Kogan Page , 1/e, 2017
2. Product and Brand Management, Michael Baker and Stuart Hart, Pearson, 4/e, 2014
3. Business Marketing – Krishna K Havaldar, Latest Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKDaS_rvNiJ.UIUwi7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9z
AzEEdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660165952/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fcollegele
arners.com%2fbooks%2fb2b-marketing-pdf-free-
download%2f/RK=2/RS=BcuoM9EM5UHUTDADPHqdt_amyLY-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKDaS_rvNiJ.UIVQi7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9z
AzIEdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660165952/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fbibleandb
ookcenter.com%2fread%2fb2b- marketing%2f/RK=2/RS=Q6Tqbed4LYKcVncCHVw3.picYIM-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKDaS_rvNiJ.UIVwi7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9z
AzMEdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660165952/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fptgmedi
a.pearsoncmg.com%2fimages%2f9780134084527%2fsamplepages%2f9780134084633.pdf/R
K=2/RS=ehk_ISgVQTUwnP1D8v6ujXo05MY-

CO1 Explain the concepts, objectives, and significance of B2B marketing
Apply knowledge of various aspects of managerial decision making related to B2B
CO2
marketing strategies
CO3 Analyze B2B marketing strategies for customer acquisition
Appraise the ability to create B2B marketing strategies including product, price and
CO4
communication strategies
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - 2 -
AVG 3 3 - 3 2 -
SEMESTER – III
Sales and Retail
Course Name Course Code : MMMBA356A
Management
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course will enable students to develop decision making skills related to sales and retailing. It includes the
concepts such as selling skills, strategies, managing sales force as part of communication through personal selling
and merchandising, expense planning, store layout and design to make the
students well equip with the knowledge and practical insights of sales of retail management.
1. To provide an understanding of the concepts, techniques and approaches in sales and retail
Management.
2. To develop skills for generating, evaluating, and selecting sales and retail strategies.
3. To understand the contemporary sales and retail management issues, strategies, and its current
trends.
4. To highlight the importance of sales and retailing roles and techniques in the success of modern
business.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to sales management: Meaning, Evaluation, Importance,
Emerging Trends in Sales Management, elementary study of sales organizations, qualities
and responsibilities of sales manager. Selling skills & selling strategies: Selling and 07
business Styles, selling skills, situations, Personal Selling: Meaning and definition, selling
process, sales presentation, Handling customer objections, Follow-up action.
MODULE 2: Management of Sales Territory & Sales Quota: Sales territory,
meaning, size, designing, sales quota,procedure for sales quota. Types of sales quota,
Methods of setting sales Quota. Recruitment and selection of sales force, Training of sales
force
Sales force Motivation and Compensation: Nature of motivation, Importance, Process 13
and factors in the motivation, Compensation-Meaning, Types of compensation plans and
evaluation of sales force by performance and appraisal process. Sales management job:
Standard sales management process-International sales management -International market
selection, market survey approach or strategy.
MODULE 3: Retail Management: Introduction and Perspectives on Retailing, World of
Retailing, Retail management, introduction, meaning, characteristics, emergence of
organizations of retailing - Types of Retailers (Retail Formats) - Multichannel Retailing 08
- role of retailing, trends in retailing, FDI in Retail - Problems of Indian Retailing- Ethics
in retailing- Current Scenario.
MODULE 4: Setting up Retail organization: Size and space allocation, location strategy,
factors Affecting the location of Retail, Retail location Research and Techniques,
Objectives of Good store Design. Retail Market Strategy - Financial Strategy Human
Resource Management, Information Systems and supply chain management & Logistics.
Store Layout and Space planning: Types of Layouts, role of Visual Merchandiser, Visual 12
Merchandising Techniques, Controlling Costs and Reducing Inventories Loss, Exteriors,
Interiors. Store Management: Responsibilities of Store Manager, Store Security, Parking
Space. Problem at Retail Centers, Store Record and Accounting System, Coding System,
Material Handling in Stores, Management of modern retails stores.
MODULE 5: Relationship Marketing & International Retailing: Management &
Evaluation of Relationships in Retailing, Retail Research in Retailing: Importance of
Research in Retailing, Trends in Retail Research, Areas of Retail Research. Customer
10
Audits, Brand Management in retailing, Internationalization of Retailing and Evolution of
International Retailing, Motives of International Retailing, International Retail
Environment and issues in international retailing
• Interview a salesperson in a retail store and write a brief report about what they like and
dislike about their jobs, their salary, travelling allowances, sales quotas, why they chose a sales
career, and what does it take to succeed in this profession.
• Go to a kirana store and a supermarket and compare the following:
a) Store arrangement
b) No of brands carried
c) Pricing policies – are discounts given?
d) Service – personal or impersonal? Etc.
• Go to at least three kirana stores in your neighbourhood and discuss with them the importance of
location, pricing, credit policy, etc. What percentages of goods are sold ‘loose’ in each locality
and compare this with the approximate income range of the customers? What are the retailer’s
losses when a customer defaults in payment? Does he make up for it by increasing his prices to
other customers?
• Ask your friends if they would buy certain goods like groceries, vegetables, socks, mobile, pens
etc from the roadside vendor as against a regular shop. Group the products into low risk and high
risk ones. Does this buying behavior also depend on the personality of the individual doing the
buying? Or the one doing the selling?
• Student can make a presentation on any product or the services of student choice, covering selling
strategies and one day work exposure towards merchandising in any big retail outlets of
respective places where institute is operating. Rural colleges can send the students to the city
nearby to observe the merchandising planning in retail outlets and to make a small report.
Recommended Books:
1. Retail Management - Chetan Bajaj, Oxford University press-2010.
2. Sales & Distribution Management, Tapan K. Panda & Sunil Sahadev, 6/e, Oxford University Press.
3. Sales & Retail Management, an Indian perspective by Dr.S.L Gupta, 1/e, Excel Books,2007
4. Retail Management - Levy &Weitz, 8/e, TMH, 2012
Retailing, James R Carver, Patrick m Dunne, Robert F Lusch,8/e-2013
Reference Books:
1. Integrated Retail Management - James R. Ogden & Denise Trodden, Biztantra, Latest Edition.
2. Retail Marketing Management - Dravid Gilbert, 2/e, Pearson Education
3. Retail Management: A Strategic Approach - Barry Berman, Joel R. Evans, Pearson
4. Retail Management, Global perspective, Dr. Harjith Singh, 3rd Revised Edition, S. Chand-2009.
Sales Management by Charles, Futrell, 6/e, Thomson South Western, 2003.
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/sales-management-e529300.html
• https://ncert.nic.in/textbook/pdf/ieva101.pdf
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/retail-marketing-e34523955.html
• https://www.coursera.org/lecture/mafash/retail-management-yrF51
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8ah0ET7zlBw
• https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec20_mg01/preview
• https://freevideolectures.com/course/4216/nptel-sales-distribution-management

CO1 Explain fundamental concept of sales and retail in solving business problem.
CO2 Apply critically the techniques of sales and retail management for data driven decision making.
CO3 Analyze the communication skills and leadership traits to be exhibited in sales and retail management
Determine the ethical, social, cultural and other environmental implication of business practice in sales
CO4
and retail.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 3 - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - 2 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 3
AVG 3 3 2 3 - 3
SEMESTER – III
International Marketing
Management
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course will equip students with the tools and terminology to explore and understand marketing practices in
a global environment. Students will learn the scope and challenge of international marketing, the dynamic
environment of international trade, the culture, political, legal, and business systems of global markets,
opportunities and finally the ways to develop global marketing strategies. Students will also learn to develop a
framework to make decision based on recent developments in
the field of International Marketing.
1. To make students understand the international marketing management theories, process and design.
2. To know the pricing, promotion and distribution decision made at international market and frame
effective strategies
3. To understand the different environment prevailing in the international market
4. To acquaint the students with the import export policy and documentation.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: International marketing: Concepts related to the management of
international marketing function. International Retailing. International expansion of 07
retailers.
MODULE 2: International Trade Theories and Market research: International Trade
Theories- Identifying foreign markets and its classification. Marketing research at 08
international market
MODULE 3: Global marketing management planning and organization: Global
perspective – global gateways – global marketing management planning for global 09
markets – alternative market entry strategies – organizing for global competition.
MODULE 4: International Product Policy -Products and services for consumers:
Quality – green marketing and product development, products and culture – analyzing
product components for adaptation – products for consumers in global markets, Product life
13
cycle in International Marketing, International Packaging.
Product and services for businesses. Demand in global business to business markets-
Quality and global standards – business services – tradeshows crucial part of business to
business marketing
MODULE 5: International Pricing, Promotion and distribution decision.
Pricing decision: global pricing framework Transfer pricing, counter trade, systems
pricing, and pricing and positioning price quotation-INCO terms.
Global Distribution decision: Introduction, distribution as competitive advantage, 13
rationalizing local channels, global channel design,
Import policy – procedure and Documentation - balance of trade and payments,
Institutional infrastructure for exports promotions in India
• Select the best method of entry for doing business in this country and decide on the relevant market
segments to target in the selected country and overall marketing approach.
• Review detailed guidelines for developing an international marketing plan.
• Analyze international marketing environment to understand opportunities and threats that a company
underlying the behaviors of international consumers and business associates.
• Conduct international marketing research to generate information on consumers,
competitors and other aspects of the international marketing environment.
• Select countries for international expansion and an appropriate method of entry for international
markets ranging from indirect export to joint venture to foreign direct
investment..
Recommended Books:
1. International marketing: Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford, 2014
2. International Marketing – Catero, Graham, 15/e, TMH, 2012
3. International marketing: Michael Czinkota, Illka A. Ronkainen, Cengage Learning
Reference Books:
1. International Marketing – Varshney, Bhattacharya – S Chand.
2. Global marketing management- Warren J. Keegan, 7/e. Pearson.
3. International marketing: analysis and strategy – Sak Onkvisit, Johnshaw, 4/e Biztantra.
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3hMNnvd_HbQ
• https://www.coursera.org/learn/international-marketing

Identify the international market entry strategies using in-depth knowledge of both local
CO1
and global context.
CO2 Apply critical thinking in identifying the opportunities within international market.
Analyze the ethical, social, cultural and environmental implications of international marketing
CO3
practices.
CO4 Select future course of action for business firm using decision making process and
effectively communicate for the achievement of organizational goal.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - 3
CO4 - - - - 3 -
AVG 3 3 - 3 3 3
SEMESTER – III
Course Name: Recruitment & Selection Course Code: MHRBA313
No. of Lecture Hours/Week : 04 CIE Marks: 50
No. of Tutorial/Practical Hours / Week: 00 SEE Marks:50
Total No. of Lecture Hours: 50 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs.
L: T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS: 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Recruitment and selection are the major function of the human resource department and recruitment
process is the first step towards creating competitive strength and the strategic advantage for the
organizations. The recruitment process involves a systematic procedure fromsourcing the candidates
to arranging and conducting the interviews and requires resources and time. Gives insights about the
selection process and role of interviews in the selection process. Throws light on Testing and
Assessment Testing in Occupational Selection. Provides insights about various testing tools used for
the effective selection of the right candidates and also throws light on the things to be considered
before deciding on final hire.
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES (CLO):
1. To give practical insights on various principles and practices of recruitment and selectionused in
effective hiring.
2. To provide a conceptual and application-based selection procedure followed in theIndustry.
3. To give insights about the latest selection tools in the corporate sector.
4. To give awareness to students about testing, reference checking, and appointment orders
formalities during job recruitment and selection.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1:
Introduction to Workforce Planning, Assessment, and Recruitment Analytics: Work
and Jobs, Millennials at the workplace, Evolution of Work Structure, Organizing the Work, 10
Strategic Job Redesign, Recruitment Strategy: An Internal Approach, Recruitment
Strategy: An External Approach, Legal and Ethical Considerations.
MODULE 2:
Recruitment Analysis, Job Analysis, Job Description, and Job Design : Identify the job
to examine, determine appropriate information sources and collect Job- Related Data, 9
Organize, and analyze data, Job Description and Competency.
MODULE 3:
Job Evaluation: The Job Evaluation Process, Examine Compensable Factors Using the
Rating/Weighting Evaluation Method; Determine Overall Job Value; Determining 9
Compensation using Job Evaluation Data; Legal and Ethical Considerations for Job
Evaluation.
MODULE 4:
Selection and Interview Strategy and Process: Millennials shaping the Recruitment
landscape in the organizations; Strategies for recruiting and selecting Generation Y into 10
the workforce, Developing Effective Interviewers, Interviewing Techniques,
Assessment Centers; Simulations.
MODULE 5:
Testing and Assessment Testing in Occupational Selection: Assessment of KSA,
Personality Assessment, Honesty and Integrity Assessment, Administration of tests and
assessments. 12
Making the Hire—Final Assessment of Candidate– Biodata and Application Forms,
Implications of Using Social Media Content in Hiring Decisions,
Background Checks, Reference Checks, Pre-employment Testing, Making a Job Offer,
Transitioning from Job Candidate to Employee, Induction, Placement.
PRACTICAL COMPONENTS:
• Design a Job Advertisement and calculate the cost, Paper Print mode, Social Media formalities.
• Meet a Manager (whichever stream), interact and design a JD for that role.
• Meet HR Manager / Officer and ask Best 10 Interview Questions they ask during Candidate
interaction.
• Visit the HR department, and take part in shortlisting/ Scrutiny the CV.
• Students need to identify two jobs in the college and need to do job analysis for those positions using
any of the job analysis methods.
• Select and analyze any two of the Job postings advertisements in Newspapers to know moreabout the
job description and job specifications mentioned in each advertisement for every post.
• Students can identify 4 or 5 jobs of their interest and can create Advertisements for the sameimaging
that they are Proprietors of the companies and hiring for these positions.
• Debate on the Advantages and disadvantages of hiring external and Internal for the selectedjobs like
Police Constable, Doctor, CEO, Mechanical Engineer, Professor, etc.
• Role play: Students can do the role play for the entire process of hiring and selecting 3 or 4 selected
roles in a specific industry.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. How to Recruit, Incentives, and Retain Millennials, Director Indian Institute of Management,Rohtak
Sage Publications, 2019.
2. Recruitment and Selection- Strategies for Workforce Planning & Assessment - University of
Bridgeport, USA Carrie A. Picardi, Sage Publication, 2019.
3. Nipun Sharma, Human Resource Management: Theory and Practices R. C. Sharma, Sage
Publication India Pvt. Ltd., 2019
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Human Resource Management: Concepts, Practices, and New Paradigms AmitabhaSengupta, Sage
Publication India Pvt. Ltd 2018.
2. Leadership: Theory and Practices Peter G. Northouse Sage Publication India Pvt. Ltd 7/e,2016
3. Performance Management and Appraisal System T. V Rao Response Books 2004.
CO1 Explain the principles of Recruitment and Selection trends in the industry
Interpret knowledge of the latest conceptual framework used in job analysis,
CO2
job evaluation, recruitment and selection process applied in organizations
CO3 Analyze the recruitment and selection tools and techniques in various sectors for
hiring right candidate for the right job.
CO4 Determine strategies for workforce planning and assessment and analyze the hiring
management system followed in various companies for effective hiring.
CO – PO Mapping
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO

CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 3 2 - 2 - -
CO3 3 2 - - - 2
CO4 - 2 2 - - -
Avg. 3 2 2 2 - 2
Mapping 3-High, 2-Medium and 1-Low
SEMESTER –III
Course Name : Human Resource Analytics Course Code: MHRBA314
No. of Lecture Hours/Week: 04 CIE Marks: 50
No. of Tutorial/Practical Hours / Week: 00 SEE Marks: 50
Total No. of Lecture Hours :50 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs.
L: T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS: 04

COURSE OVERVIEW:
HR analytics enables HR professionals to make data-driven decisions to attract, manage, and
retain employees. It is a practical application of statistical analysis that focuses on providing
actionable recommendations. HR analytics, and the ability to track, store, retrieve, analyze, and
interpret HR data to support decision making. Analysts in this field focus on how to apply the
insights they derive from data. Students use applicable benchmarks/metrics to conduct research
and statistical analysis related to Human Resource Management.

1. The student will be able to identify the relevance, importance, and application of HR
Analytics in the Organization.
2. The student will be able to apply and solve workplace problems through the application
of HR Analytics in the Organization.
3. The student will be able to classify and categorize different models and approaches to HR
Analytics in the Organization.
MODULES TEACHING
HOURS
MODULE 1:
Introduction to HR Analytics: Aligning HR to business through HR analytics,
Application of HR, and Predictive Analytics. HR Analytics Framework and Models. 10
Rise of HR Analytics: Pitfalls of HR Analytics, Levels of Analysis, Conducting HR
Analytics, Applying HR Analytics, Scope of Big Data in HR Analytics, Text Analytics in
HR Analytics.
MODULE 2 :
HR Analytics and Data: Big Data for HR, Transforming HR Data, Process of Data
Collection, HR Report Visualization, Performing Root Cause Analysis. Datafication of 10
HR.
Forecasting and Measuring HR value with HR Analytics: Value Propositions
and HR Decisions. Sustainability in HR decisions, Optimization through HR
Analytics, HR Forecasting, Predictive HR analytics.
MODULE 3 :
HR Business Process and HR Analytics: Statistical Modelling for HR Research and
HR Decision-making, Data analysis for HR, Decision making for HRIS, HR Metrics, 10
HR Scorecard, Dashboards.
MODULE 4:
Applications of HR Metrics and Creating HR Dashboards: HR Metrics, Types of HR
Metrics, Staffing Metrics, Training and Development Metrics, Application-oriented
Exercises 10
HR Decision-making and HR Analytics: HRA decision-making process, Predictive
HR analytics and changing role of HR managers.
MODULE 5:
HR Analytics and Predictive Modelling: HR Predictive Modelling, Tools
Techniques, Data, and information of HR Predictive Modelling 10
HR Analytics for Future: Understanding Future HR
• To visit an Organization and interact with Analyst who deals with HR function; know how
the data is used and worked.
• Prepare a dashboard and analysis various functions and interrelations of data.
Work on Excel through real-time data of any company and generate Predictive
analytics
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. HR Analytics- Understanding Theories and Applications, Bhattacharya, Dipak Kumar, SAGE
Texts, India 2017
2. Practical Applications of HR Analytics, Pratyush, Banerjee; Jatin Pandey; Manish Gupta, SAGE
Texts, India 2019
3. Winning on HR Analytics- Leveraging Data for Competitive Advantage, Ramesh, Soundarajan
and Kuldeep Singh, Sage Publication India Pvt. Ltd. 2016
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Applying Advanced Analytics to HR Management Decisions: Methods for Selection, Developing
Incentives, and Improving Collaboration Sesil James, C Pearson, New Jersey, 2017
2. Predictive Analytics- Mastering the HR Matrix Martin Edwards and Kirsten Edwards Kogan
Page 2019
3. Fundamentals of HR Analytics: A Manual on Becoming HR Analytical Fermin Diez, Mark
Bussin, Venessa Lee Emerald Publishing Limited 2019

CO1 Describe the practical insight of HR Processes, HR analytics, and predictive
modelingused to solve issues of HR
CO2 Illustrate critically the data related to workplace problems, and cost implication
decisions.
CO3 Analyze the application of datafication of HR, predictive analytics tools and
techniques for better decision making
CO4 Select the data driven decisions considering legal and ethical aspects of the
business.
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - 3 - - - -
CO4 - 3 - 3 - 2
Avg. 3 3 - 3 - 2

SEMESTER – III
Compensation and
Course Name Course Code : MHRBA355A
Reward System
Number of Lecture Hours
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
/ Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
Total Number of Lecture
+ Tutorial/Practical : 40 SEE Duration : 03 Hrs
Hours
L:T:P :4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Compensation Management and Reward System is a course that gives insight into models and
theories related to payment in an organization. It also focuses on how compensation can motivate
employees to achieve objectives. This course illuminate’s knowledge about the use of compensation
as cost-effective tools to make employees perform better towards the growth of the organization.
1. Gain knowledge of Compensation management models and theories to solve problems related to
compensation.
2. Understand the importance of data related to compensation and reward systems to take wage
determination, pay for performance, and cost implication decisions.
3. Understand the implications of compensation and reward systems in addressing global, economic,
and legal aspects of the business.
4. Know the significance of various policies in designing ethical and socially responsible
compensation systems.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: 10
Conceptual Framework: Compensation, Total Compensation/Reward,
Compensation Approach, Wages/Salaries, Theories of Wages, Does Compensation
Motivate Behaviour Compensation Philosophy, Strategy, Policy, Base of
Compensation Management, Compensation, and Legal Issues.
MODULE 2: 10
Compensation Management: Methods of Wage Payment, Satisfactory Wage
System, National Wage Policy in India, Wage Policy at the Organizational Level,
Wage Problems in India, Components/Functions of Compensation
Management/W&S Admin,
MODULE 3: 10
Divergent Systems for Wage Determination in Practice in Indian
Organizations: Management’s Strategy, Reward Policy, Reward Management, Pay
Reviews, Procedures for Grading Jobs Fixation, Controlling Payroll Costs, Evaluation
of Reward Processes, Some Other Trends, Boardroom Pay; Divergent Systems and
Institutions for Wage Fixation in Practice in India.
MODULE 4:
Contingent Pay, Pay for Performance, Competence: Competency-Based Pay,
Skill-Based Pay, Team-Based Rewards, Gainsharing, Profit-Sharing Profit-Related 10
Pay and Beyond Other Cash Payments and Allowances, Competency-based Pay-
Framework, Model and Challenges; Pay for Performance.
MODULE 5:
Designing and Operating Non-financial Benefits (Intrinsic and Relational
Rewards): Role of Non-financial Benefits/Rewards on Employee Motivation,
10
Heineken’s Refreshing Approach to Reward, Non-financial Metrics Intellectual
Capital Assessment and Market Implications of Human Capital, Recognition, Praise,
Achievement, Value Addition in Personality.
• Can visit the College Finance dept and try to know various Comp and Ben functions.
• Meet Finance / HR Manager in an Organisation, ask how the Budget of Govt. will help them
formulate the C/B policy.
• Visit an Organisation, study the Policy related to C/B, and suggest any observation made by you
based on Theoretical inputs
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Compensation Management- R. C. Sharma, Sulabh Sharma- Sage Publication India Pvt. Ltd- 2019
2. Compensation and Benefit Design- Biswas, Bashker, D- Pearson Publication- 2013
3. Managing Employees Performance and Rewards- Shields- Cambridge Press-2007
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Human Resource Information Systems: Basics, Applications, and Future Directions- Michael J.
Kavanagh, Mohan Thite, Richard D. Johnson- Sage Publication India Pvt. Ltd- 3/e, 2015
2. Competency-Based Human Resource Management- Anindya Basu Roy, Sumati Raym- Sage
Publication India Pvt. Ltd- 2019
3. Compensation and Reward Management- Singh, B D- Excel Books- 2007

• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yml9dx9nUco
• https://hr-gazette.com/total-rewards-and-compensation-understanding - the essentials/
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ax7suq7w4cm
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g4AGhGehhsc
• https://www.researchgate.net/publication/325959515_impact_of_compensation_and_benefits_o
n_job_satifaction
Note: The aforesaid links and study materials are suggestive in nature, they may be used
with due regards to copy rights, patenting and other IPR rules.
CO1 Describe the knowledge of Compensation management models and theories to solve problems
related to compensation.
Illustrate the data related to compensation and reward systems to take wage determination,
CO2
pay for performance, and cost implication decisions.
Analyze the implications of the compensation and reward system in addressing the global,
CO3
economic, and legal aspects of the business.
Determine the influence of various policies in designing ethical and socially responsible
CO4
compensation systems.
CO – PO Matrix
Course
Outcomes
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 3
CO 3 3 - 3 - 3
Mapping→3-High, 2-Medium, and 1-Low
SEMESTER – III
Course Name: Advanced Organizational Behavior Course Code:MHRBA355B
Total No. of Lecture Hours: 50 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs.
L: T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS: 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course offers an in-depth exploration of organizational behavior, leadership theories, and their
practical applications in various workplace scenarios. It covers fundamental concepts such as
motivation, emotions, decision-making, communication, power dynamics, and organizational culture.
The course also addresses the challenges presented by a globalized world and emphasizes the
development of leadership skills to effectively manage and lead diverse teams.
1. Gain practical experience in the field of Organization Behaviour
2. Apply managerial and behaviour knowledge in real world situations.
3. Develop a greater understanding about Management and Behavioural aspects to analyse the
concepts related to Learning, emotion, motivation and leadership.
4. Understand and demonstrate their exposure on recent trends in OB.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE-1 8
Organizational Behavior: Introduction, Definitions, Nature, Goals, Importance,
Approaches to Organizational Behavior, Models.
Learning: Nature of learning, How learning occurs, Learning & OB ,Leaning by
Reinforcement – Classical conditioning, Operant Conditioning, Positive
Reinforcement, Negative Reinforcement, Punishment, Extinction, Reinforcement
Pros and Cons.
MODULE-2 Understanding Work Teams, Why Have Teams Become So Popular,
Differences Between Groups and Teams, Types of Teams, Creating Effective Teams,
Team Composition, Team Processes, Turning Individuals into Team Players , Selecting: 10
Hiring Team Players, Training: Creating Team Players, Rewarding: Providing
Incentives to Be a Good Team Player
Module 3: Emotions: What Are Emotions and Mood, The Function of Emotions and
Moods, Sources of Emotions and Moods, Emotional Labor Emotional Intelligence:
Components of EI, Relationship between Emotional Intelligence and Business 10
Success ,EI and Organizational Goals, EI and Business Success. Emotional Intelligence
at workplace, the role of EI in leadership, EI and Leadership styles, Need of EI in
Building Teams. Training of EI in organization, developing emotional competencies
through relationship at work and implementing EI programs.
MODULE-4: Stress Management: Difference between eustress and distress,
Frustration, conflict and pressure; Meaning of stressors; common stressors at work 12
place, Consequences of stress; Physiological and psychological changes associated with
the stress response. : Role of communication in managing stress and work
performance: Emotional regulation and coping Stress and Memory, The relationship
between stress and performance, Prevention of stress Challenging Stressful Thinking,
Strategies of Synthesis and Prevention: Resilience and Stress; Optimal functioning
MODULE-5 Contemporary Leadership Roles, Challenges to the Leadership

Construct, Factors, Charisma, Weber’s Conceptualization of Charisma Differentiating
Between Charismatic Charismatic Leadership, Locus of Charismatic Leadership, The 10
Effects of Charismatic Leadership Qualities of Charismatic Leaders, How One
Acquires Charismatic Qualities, Charisma: A Double-Edged Sword, Transformational
Leadership The Effects of Transformational Leadership, Charismatic versus
Transformational Leadership,Transformational Leader Behaviors and Attributes,
Transformational versus Transactional Leadership, Crisis Leadership, The Impact of
Environmental Factors Crisis Management Plan Effective Crisis Communication
• Conduct an event and try understanding the learning that goes on group.
• Develop few questions, interact with people in the organisation and try observing emotions and
reaction.
• Case Study: Analyzing real or hypothetical workplace situations to understand how OB concepts can
be applied to solve problems, make decisions, and manage individuals and teams.
• Group Projects: Collaborative assignments that require students to work in teams to address specific
organizational challenges using OB principles. This promotes teamwork, communication, and
problem-solving skills.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Robbins, SP Stephen P, Timothy Judge and Nehasika Vohra, Organisational Behaviour, 12th or
16th edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Fred Luthans, Organisational Behaviour, 11th edition, Mc Graw Hill,2009.
3. W. Newstrom, John, Organisational Behaviour,10th edition, Tata Mc Graw –Hill 2009.
4. Robert N. Lussier, Ph.D. Springfield College Christopher F. Achua, D.B.A. University of Virginia’s
College at Wise, Leadership Theory and Skill Development.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Paul Heresy, Kenneth H. Blanchard, and Dewey E. Johnson, Management of Organisational
Behaviour: Leading Human Resources, 2008.
2. Dr SS Khanka, Organisational Behaviour, S. Chand & Co, New Delhi, 2008.
3. Sanghi Seema, Organisational Behaviour, Pearson, 2011

CO1 Explain the strategies for managing organizational change and resistance.
CO2 Identify communication barriers and utilize communication tools to enhance interpersonal
effectiveness.
CO3 Analyze leadership theories and styles for effective team management.
CO4 Evaluate the significance of organizational culture and its role in shaping behavior.
CO-PO Mapping
PO PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO

1
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 3 - 2 - -
CO3 3 - - - 2
CO4 - 2 2 - - -
Avg. 3 2 2 2 - 2
SEMESTER – III
Course Name: Industrial Relations and Legislations Course Code: MHRBA356A
No. of Lecture Hours / Week: 04 CIE Marks :50
No. of Tutorial / Practical Hours / Week: 00 SEE Marks: 50
Total No. of Lecture Hours :50 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs.
L: T:P: 4:0:0 CREDITS: 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Industrial Relations and Legislations is that kind of subject which deals with different legal
frameworks and acts related to employment and safeguard the interest of employees’ and
employers’ by having a harmonious relationship between employees and employer. Labor Laws
play a major role in taking care of employee and employer relationships. This course helps
to
know more legal frameworks that help students to maintain a balanced industrial relation.
1. Gain knowledge of Industrial relations and labor laws to solve problems related to IR.
2. Understand provisions of various acts related to labor laws for better decision making which
is ethical and socially responsible
3. Knowledge of legal aspects that helps to improve the relationship between employee,
employer, and the government.
4. Understand the impact of various labor law provisions while taking decision based on facts.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1:
Fundamental Aspects of Industrial Relations: Approaches to Industrial Relations, 10
Trade Unions: State and Employer/Management, Evolution of Labor Legislation in
India - Introduction, History, Objectives, Legislations in India, Rights
of Woman Workers; The Present Labor Laws and Codes
MODULE 2:
The Factories Act, 1948: Licensing and Registration of Factories, Health and Safetyof 10
Workers, Provisions Related to Working Conditions, Hazardous Processes, Employee
Welfare and Working Hours, Employment of Young Persons and Women,
Annual Leaves with Wages, Penalties and Contingence of Offences.
MODULE 3: 10
Social Security Act : The Employees’ Compensation Act, 1923, The Employees’
Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952, The Payment of Gratuity
Act, 1972.
MODULE 4: 10
Wages Act : The Payment of Wages Act, 1936, The Minimum Wages Act, 1948, The
Payment of Bonus Act, 1965
MODULE 5:
Employee Relations Act : The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, The Industrial 10
Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946.
• Visit Any Organization and discuss the applicability of Laws at the workplace
• Meet HR Manager and discuss the statutory and non-statutory measure
• Visit the Labor Department Government, and Interact with Labor Commissioner
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Industrial Relations and Labour Laws for Managers- Parul Gupta- Sage Publication India Pvt.
Ltd- 2019
2. The SAGE Handbook of Industrial Relations- Paul Blyton, Edmund, Heery, Nicolas Bacon,
Jack Fiorito- Sage Publication- 2008
3. Labour and Industrial Laws- P. K. PADHI- Prentice Hall India Pvt., Limited-2017
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bare Acts, Ministry of Labour- GOI- 2019.
2. The Idea of Labour Law- Guy Davidov, Brian Langille- The Oxford University Press- 2011
3. Labour and Industrial Laws- PADHI, P. K- PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd- 2019
CO1 Discuss the knowledge of Industrial relations and labor laws to solve problems related
toIR.
CO2 Apply the provisions of various acts related to labor laws to make the ethical and
socially responsible decision making.
CO3 Analyze and communicate legal aspects that improve industrial relations.
CO4 Assess the influence of various labor law provisions while making data-driven
decisions.
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - 3
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - 3 - - - -
Avg. 3 3 - 3 - 3
SEMESTER – III
Course Name: Leadership and Development Course Code: MHRBA356B
No. of Lecture Hours/Week :04 CIE Marks: 50
Total No. of Lecture+ Tutorial/Practical Hours:50 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs
L:T:P:4:0:0 CREDITS: 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course aims to expose students to the emerging paradigms of Leadership. Concepts, theories,
and models of leadership that assists leaders to take better decisions. Helps to understand the
qualities of leaders that is required to lead teams, face and overcome challenges.
1. Understand the concept of leadership theories and practices to solve business problems.
2. Know the importance of value-based Leadership
3. Understand the strategies that helps to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.
4. Understand the abilities of leadership that demonstrates social responsiveness and ethics.
Teaching
MODULES HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Leadership: Importance of leadership, Leadership 10
theory paradigms,levels of analysis of leadership theory.
MODULE 2: Leadership Traits and Ethics: Personality traits and leadership, traits of 10
effective leaders,Leadership attitudes, ethical leadership.
MODULE 3: Leadership behaviour and styles, University of Michigan and Ohio 10
studies, Leadership grid, Leadership and motivation, Content and process
theories, Reinforcement theory, Contingency leadership theories and models.
MODULE 4: Team Leadership: Leadership skills for effective team meetings,
10
Ginnet’s teameffectiveness leadership model, virtual and self-managed teams,
the changing role of leadership in self-managed teams.
MODULE 5: Evolution of Dyadic theory, Leader member exchange theory,
Delegation, Coaching, Managing conflict. Organizational Leadership Stewardship
and servant leadership, Leadership of culture and diversity, Creating high
performance culture, Strategic leadership. succession, Leadership development 10
programs, Evaluation of leadership development efforts.
• Case discussion of Great Leaders
• Activity Based methodology to make students understand Leadership
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Effective Leadership- Lussier/ Achus, Third edition, Thomson Southwestern, 2007.
2. Leadership-Enhancing the Lessons of experience, Hughes, Ginnet, Curphy, Fifth edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2006.
3. Leadership-Research findings, Practice, and skills, Andrew J Durbrin, Fourth edition,
Biztantra, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Leadership in Organizations, Gary Yukl, Pearson Education, 6th Edition.
2. The Leadership Experience, Richard L Daft, Cengage Learning, 2nd Edition, 2002.
3. Dynamics of leadership, Craig Watson, Jaico Publication.
4. The art of leadership, George Manning and Kent, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill Education
CO1 Discuss the concept of leadership theories and practices to solve business problems.
CO2 Demonstrate value-based Leadership.
Analyze strategies that helps to lead themselves and others in the achievement of
CO3
organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment.
CO4 Decide the leadership abilities to demonstrate social responsiveness and ethics.
CO PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - 3 - - -
CO3 - - - - 3 -
CO4 - - - - - 3
Avg. 3 - 3 - 3 3
Course Content and Planning
SEMESTER – III
Security Analysis and
Course Name Course Code: MFMBA313
Portfolio Management
: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P : 3:0:2 CREDITS: 04
COURSE OVERVIEW: Securities markets play an extremely important role in promoting and sustaining the
growth of an economy. They play a critical role in mobilizing savings for investment in productive assets, with
a view to enhancing a country’s long-term growth prospects. They act as a major catalyst in transforming the
economy into a more efficient, innovative, and competitive marketplace. In this backdrop, this course imparts
basic knowledge on stock markets, investments, valuation, and portfolio theories which are essential for
making investment decisions.
1. To understand the capital market and various instruments for investment.
2. To Familiarize with the valuation of equity, debt, and mutual funds.
3. To learn theories of portfolio management.
4. To Comprehend the diversification of securities for risk return trade off in capital market.
5. To acquaint with portfolio construction for retail investors, high net worth individuals, mutual funds.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Investment Avenues, Attributes, Investor V/s speculator, Features of a good
Investment, Investment Process. Financial Instruments: Money Market Instruments, Capital
Market Instruments, Derivatives. Securities Market: Primary Market, Secondary Market.
Stock Market Indicators- Indices of Indian Stock Exchanges (only Theory). 10
Risk and Return Concepts: Concept of Risk, Types of Risk- Systematic risk, Unsystematic
risk, Concept of diversifiable and non-diversifiable risk, Calculation of Risk and returns of
individual security, Portfolio Risk and Return (Theory and Problems).
MODULE 2: Valuation of Securities: Bond- Bond features, Types of Bonds, Determinants
of interest rates, Bond Management Strategies, Bond Valuation, and Bond Duration.
10
Preference Shares- Concept, Features, Yields. Equity shares- Concept, Valuation, Dividend
Valuation models, P/E Ratio valuation model (Theory and Problems)
MODULE 3: Macro-Economic and Industry Analysis: Fundamental analysis-EIC
Framework, Industry Analysis. Technical Analysis. Market Efficiency: Efficient market
10
hypothesis, Forms of market efficiency, Empirical test for different forms of market
efficiency. Technical Analysis: Concept, Theories- Dow Theory, Eliot wave theory, chart-
types, Trend and Trend Reversal patterns, Mathematical Indicator-MACD, RSI (Theory
only).
MODULE 4: Modern Portfolio Theory: Markowitz Model, Sharpe’s single index model,
Capital Asset pricing model: Basic Assumptions, CAPM Equation, Security Market line,
Extension of Capital Asset pricing Model - Capital market line, SML VS CML. Arbitrage 10
Pricing Theory: Arbitrage, Equation, Assumption, Equilibrium, APT AND CAPM. Sharpe’s
Optimum Portfolio Construction (Theory and Problems).
MODULE 5: Portfolio Management strategies and Evaluation: Portfolio Management
Strategies: Active and Passive Portfolio Management strategy. Portfolio Revision: Portfolio Revision
Strategies – Objectives, Performance plans. Mutual Funds: Concept of Mutual Funds, Participants in
10
Mutual Funds, Advantages of Investment in Mutual Fund, Measure of Mutual Fund Performance.
Portfolio performance Evaluation: Measures of portfolio performance (Theory and Problems).
.
discussed from Modules 1-5 SEE-40%Theory and 60% problems
• Each student will be given a virtual cash of Rs.10 Lakhs and they will be asked to invest in equity shares
based on fundamental analysis throughout the semester. At the end, the best investment will be felicitated
based on the final net worth. A virtual online trading account can be opened for the student and every week, 2
hours shall be allotted to invest, monitor, and evaluate.
• Students should study the stock market pages from business press and calculate the risk and return of selected
companies.
• Conduct macroeconomic analysis and correlate with market trends.
• Undertake Industry analysis.
• Practice technical analysis using Japanese candle sticks
Recommended Books:
1. Investment Analysis and Portfolio management, Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill Education,3/e, 2010
2. Investments, Zvi Bodie, Kane, Marcus and Mohanty, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 8/e, 2010
3. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, J Kevin, Tata McGraw Hill Education
Reference Books:
1. Analysis of Investments and Management, Reilly and Brown Cengage Publications,10e/2017
2. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Punithavathy Pandian, Vikas Publications 2/e, 201/8
3. Investment management (Security Analysis and Portfolio Management), Bhalla V.K. Vikas Publications
19/e, 2018
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fv63XWOlERM
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NIjucusocFw
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/investment-management-e1833037.html
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5QuK8L1g2r4
Note: The aforesaid links and study materials are suggestive in nature, they may be used with due regards to
copy rights, patenting and other IPR rules.

CO1 Discuss the fundamentals, models and theories relating to individual securities and portfolios
CO2 Solve the risk, return, Intrinsic value and performance of individual securities and portfolio
Analyze the implications of micro and macroeconomic conditions on investment in individual
CO3
securities and portfolio
CO4 Justify and recommend suitable portfolio for the different set of investors
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 2 -- - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 2 - -
CO4 2 3 - 2 - -
AVG 2 3 - 2 - -
SEMESTER – III
Course Name Direct Taxation Course Code: MFMBA314
: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P : 3:0:2 CREDITS: 04
COURSE OVERVIEW: This course provides conceptual framework on taxation policy and types of tax systems
such as Direct Tax, Indirect Tax, Income Tax and corporate Tax. The course enables the students to understand
techniques and emerging issues/trends in the field of Tax and tax planning for individuals as well as
organization
1. To provide the students with a comprehensive understanding of basic concepts of Income tax.
2. To understand the computation of taxable Income under different heads.
3. To know the deductions available while computing Income.
4. To understand corporate taxation system in India.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Income Tax Act, 1961, Residential Status and Incidence of Tax, Incomes which
do not form part of Total Income (Sec.10) (Problems on residential Status of Individual 10
assessee and incidence of tax).
MODULE 2: Income from Salaries: Introduction, Meaning of Salary, Allowances,
Valuation and Taxability of Perquisites, Deductions against (simple problems on salary
10
Income).
Income from House property (Theory only).
MODULE 3: Income under the head Profit and Gains of Business or Professions and its
computation- Depreciation. (Problems on computation of income from business/ 10
profession of Individual assessee and Depreciation)
MODULE 4: Income under capital gain, basis of charge, transfer of capital asset, inclusion
and exclusion from capital asset, capital gain, computation of capital gain, deductions from
10
capital gains. (Basic problems on computation of Income from capital gain).
Income from other sources (Theory only).
MODULE 5: Computation of tax liability of Individuals (Including Chapter VIA) (Theory
and problems). Computation of taxable income of a company with special reference to MAT 10
(Theory and problems).
SEE- 40% Theory and 60% Problems
discussed from Modules 1-5 SEE- 60%Theory and 40% problems
• Calculation of Taxable income and tax liability using Excel.
• Encouraging the students to register as tax return preparers.
• Students can be exposed to filing of tax returns of Individual assesses.
Recommended Books:
1. Direct Taxes Law and practice, Vinod Singhania and Kapil Singhania, Taxman Publications, (2019/2020
Edition)
2. Students Guide to Income Tax Vinod Singhania and Kapil Singhania Taxman Publications, (2019/2020
Edition).
Reference Books:
1. Students Handbook on Taxation, T N Manoharan, Snow White Publications Pvt. Ltd. Jan 2020 Edition.
2. Income Tax Law and Practice, B.B. Lal and N. Vashisht, Pearson, 33e/2019
3. Income Tax, H. C. Mehrotra and S. P. Goyal, Sahithya Bhavan Publications, 60 e/2019

CO1 Describe the concepts and principles of taxation to solve business problems
CO2 Apply critical thinking ability related to taxation for data base decision making
CO3 Analyze tax law and practices in socio-economic and legal aspects of business practices
CO4 Determine socially responsible laws that are used in business practices
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3 3
AVG 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER – III
Risk Management and MFMBA3
Course Name: Course Code:
Insurance 55A
: 02 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
COURSE OVERVIEW: This course offers a comprehensive overview and a broad perspective of the
principles of Risk Management and Insurance. While emphasizing traditional risk management and insurance,
this course introduces other types of risk management and stresses that professionals may use the same general
framework to manage all types of risk. Students are provided a framework for (a) making risk management and
insurance decisions to increase business value, (b) understanding insurance contracts and the insurance
industry’s institutional features, and (c) understanding the effects of and the rationale for public policies that
affect risk
1. To understand the concept of risk and risk management and familiarize with fundamentals legal principles
of insurance.
2. To become aware of insurance policies related to life, health insurance, property, and liabilities insurance.
3. To understand the methodology in the identification, analysis and management of risks ..
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Risk Identification: Risk-Risk and Uncertainty-Types of Risk-Burden of Risk-Sources of
Risk-Methods of handling Risk-Degree of Risk-Management of Risk. Risk Identification-Business Risk
10
Exposures-Individual Exposures-Exposures of Physical Assets - Exposure to Work-Related Injury.
(Theory).
MODULE 2: Risk Measurement-Evaluating the Frequency and Severity of Losses-Risk Control Risk
Financing Techniques-Risk Management Decision Methods-Pooling Arrangements and Diversification
10
of Risk. Advanced Issues in Risk Management: The Changing Scope of Risk Management- Decision
Making Other Risk Management Tools. (Theory).
MODULE 3: Introduction to Insurance Risk and Insurance -Requirements of an Insurable Risk- -
Insurance vs. Gambling Insurance vs. Hedging Types of Insurance-Essentials of Insurance
10
Contracts. Indian Insurance Industry -Historical Framework of Insurance, Insurance sector Reforms
in India. IRDA-Duties and powers of IRDA-IRDA Act 1999.
MODULE 4: Basics of Life Insurance-Growth of Actuarial Science -Life Insurance Contract-Life
Insurance Documents-Insurance Premium Calculations. –Duration-Premium Payment Participation in
Profit-Number of Persons Assured-Payment of Policy Amount-Money Back Policies- Annuities-Need of
10
Annuity Contracts, Annuity V/s Life Insurance, Classification of Annuities. General Insurance- General
Insurance Contract-General Insurance Corporation (GIC). Health Insurance-Individual Medical
Insurance – Disability Income Insurance – Medi-claim Policy – Group Medi-claim Policy – Personal
Accident Policy – Child Welfare Policy-Employee Group Insurance –Group Availability Plan. (Theory
Only).
MODULE 5: Fire Insurance, Types of Fire Insurance Policies, Fire Insurance Coverage. Marine
Insurance-Types of Marine Insurance – Marine Insurance principles Important Clauses in Marine
Insurance– Marine Insurance Policies –Marine Risks. Motor Vehicles Insurance-Types of Motor 10
Insurance, Factors to be considered for Premium Fixing. Underwriting and claim settlement in Life
Insurance and general insurance (Theory).
discussed from Modules1-5 SEE-Theory Only.
• Analyze the insurance potential in India based on secondary data
• Select insurance company of your interest and study the risk management procedures followed by that
company.
• Analyze risk management techniques used by the banks, cement companies, automobile companies
Visit the IRDA website and identify the rules and regulations governed by IRDA with respect to Marketing of
insurance in rural markets.
• Visit Policy Bazaar Portal and study the different types of insurance policies offered by Indian Insurance
Companies.
• Analyze the types of Risk in different sectors of India during Pandemic Situations.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Principles of Risk Management and Insurance, George E Rejda, (2009), Twelfth Edition, Pearson, New
Delhi.
2. Insurance and Risk Management, P.K. Gupta, (2010), First Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Risk Management and Insurance, Scott E. Harrington, Gregory R Niehaus, (2007), Second Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
2. Introduction to Risk Management and Insurance, Dorfman, Mark S., (2008), 10th Edition, Prentice Hall
India, New Delhi.
3. Principles and Practice of Insurance, P. Periasamy, (2009), Second Edition, Himalaya Publishing House,
Mumbai.

Describe the concept of risk management, mechanism of insurance contract, legal aspects, and
CO1
structures of Insurance organization
Interpret appropriate insurance policies related to life, health insurance, medical and marine
CO2
insurances.
Analyze enterprise risks and individual risks using different techniques and communicate
CO3
economic, legal, ethical aspects for managing the risk.
CO4 Appraise the risk and insurance in the business decision making with social responsibility
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3 3
AVG 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER – III
Advanced Financial
Course Name Course Code: MFMBA355B
Management
: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P 3:0:2 CREDITS: 04
COURSE OVERVIEW: It is a specialized course that delves into complex concepts, strategies, and
techniques in the field of finance. The subject aims to enhance the expertise in managing financial
resources in corporate, investment, and international contexts
1. To understand the concept of capital structure and capital structure theories.
2. To assess the dividend policy of firm.
3. To be aware of the management of working capital and its financing.
4. To understand the techniques of managing different components of working capital.
5. To evaluate the impact of financial decisions on the strategic directions of the organization
6. To Identify and evaluate the exposure of a company to financial risk and the techniques required to
manage this risk.
7. To Evaluate complex investment appraisal situations and appreciate the importance of cost of capital to
the organization and how the capital structure chosen will impact upon this.
8. To Analyze the key strategic financial issues that must be considered in an acquisition or merger,
including valuation of the target company.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Capital Structure Decisions: Capital structure and market value of a firm,
Factors determining capital structure, Credit agency ratings-debt ratio-debt to equity
ratio-long term debt to capitalization ratio. Theories of capital structure: Net Income
approach, Net Operating Income approach, Modigliani-Miller approach, Traditional
11
approach. (Theory only)
Recent Developments in Advanced Financial Management-Crypto currency, Block
chain technology, Cloud funding, Digitization of financial transactions-big data project
finance, Behavioral Finance-Derivative markets in developing countries. (Theory only)
MODULE 2: Dividend Policy: Dividend policy, Theories of dividend policy: Theory of
irrelevance, Bird- in –the hand theory and Tax preference theory, Walter’s and Gordon’s
model, Modigliani and Miller approach. Dividend policies, stable dividend, stable 10
payout, and growth. Bonus shares and stock split -corporate dividend behavior. (Theory
and Problems).
MODULE 3: Working Capital Management Policy: Management of Working 8
capital, Types of working capital, Determination and estimation of working capital
needs, Level of current assets, Sources for financing working capital- Bank finance
for working capital. (No problems on estimation of working capital). Working capital
financing: short term financing of working capital- long term financing of working
capital. Working capital leverage concepts. (Theory only)
MODULE 4: Inventory Management: Purpose and functions of inventories -Types of
inventory (Raw-materials, work-in-progress (WIP), finished goods and Maintenance,
Repairs and Operations (MRO). Determination of inventory control levels: ordering,
10
reordering, danger levels. Techniques of inventory management- Economic Order
Quantity (EOQ model). Pricing of raw material - Monitoring and control of inventories-
ABC Analysis. (Theory and problems)
MODULE 5: Receivables Management and Factoring: Nature and objectives of
Receivables Management – Credit management through credit policy variables- marginal
analysis- Credit evaluation of individual accounts and its monitoring receivables -
Numerical credit scoring- Control of accounts receivables. Problems on credit granting
decision. (Theory and Problems)
Factoring: Meaning, definition, types and its benefits (Theory only) 11
Cash Management: Presentation: Facets of Cash Management, Motive for holding
cash, managing cash collection and disbursement-investing surplus, cash in marketable
securities, Forecasting cash flows, Cash budgets-long-term cash forecasting, optimal cash
balances, Baumol model-Miller-Orr model-Strategies for managing surplus fund. (Theory
and Problems).
discussed from Modules 1-5 SEE-50% Theory and 50%
Problems.
• Study the working capital financing provided by a Bank and submit the report on the same.
• Study the annual report of any two companies and prepare a cash budget for next year.
• Study dividend policy of companies and its impact on shareholders’ wealth.
• Study implications of bonus issues/stock splits of companies.
Recommended Books:
1. Financial Management: Text, Problems and Cases M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain, Tata McGraw Hill, 7/e,
2017.
2. Financial Management, Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
3. Financial Management and Policy: Text and Cases, Bhalla. V. K. (2009). 9th Edition, Anmol
Publications Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Financial Management: Theory and Practice, Prasanna Chandra Tata McGraw Hill, 10/e, 2019.
2. Advanced Financial Management, Binoy Mathew and G. Nagarajan, Jayvee Digital Publishing, 2/e, 2022.
3. Corporate Finance, Vishwanath S R, Sage Publications, 3/e. 2019.
4. Financial Management and Policy, James C Vanhorne, Sanjay Dhamija,Pearson, 12/e.
5. Financial Management, Pandey, I.M., Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
6. Financial Management, SheebaKapil, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
7. Fundamentals of Financial Management, Chandrabose, PHI, New Delhi.
8. Financial Management, Kulakarni. P.V., Himalaya Publishing House Co. Ltd, Mumbai.
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/advance-financial-management-e33606254.html
• https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/advanced-financial-management-notes-pdf-afm/
• https://www.academia.edu/33769964/Advanced_Financial_Management_Class_Notes
• https://5y1.org/document/advanced-financial-management-pdf.html
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BKbXjfhLf0w
• https://opentuition.com/acca/afm/
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CCQwz_Gwo6o
• http://mappingyourfuture.org/money
• http://www.mymoney.gov/
• http://www.vertex42.com/Calculators/debt-reduction-calculator.html.
• http://www.nfcc.org/
• Beckett-Camarata, J. (2020), "References", Public-Private Partnerships, Capital Infrastructure Project
Investments and Infrastructure Finance, Emerald Publishing Limited, Bingley, pp. 225-241.
• https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83909-654-920201018
• http://mappingyourfuture.org/money;
• http://www.mymoney.gov/
• http://www.vertex42.com/Calculators/debt-reduction-calculator.html;
• http://www.nfcc.org/
• www.ft.com - Financial Times
• www.wsj.com - The Wall Street Journal Online
• www.investmentinternational.com - Investment International
Note: The above links and study materials are suggestive in nature, they may be used with due regard to copy
rights, patenting and other IPR rules.

CO1 Demonstrate the applicability of the concept of Financial Management to understand the
managerial Decisions and Corporate Capital Structure
CO2 Apply the Leverage and EBIT-EPS analysis associate with Financial Data in the corporate and
Analyse the complexities associated with management of cost of funds in the capital Structure
CO3 Demonstrate how the concepts of financial management and investment, financing and
dividend policy decisions could integrate while identification and resolution of problems
CO4 Be aware of the techniques of cash, inventory and receivables management
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
AVG 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER – III
Introduction to Financial
Course Name Course Code: MFMBA356A
Market and Services
: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P : 3:0:2 CREDITS: 04
COURSE OVERVIEW: The course provides the students to "Discover how money works in India's
financial system, learn about different types of markets, and explore the services that help businesses
grow and also to understand the global side of finance and how other countries invest in India."

To provide fundamental Understanding of Financial Markets
To enable identification and Evaluation of Financial instruments
To obtain insight into financial services and institutions.
To create Awareness of regulatory and ethical consideration.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: An Overview of Indian Financial System: Structure of Indian financial
system, objectives and function of financial system, financial system and economic
9
development, flow of funds in economic development, financial sector reforms, financial
inclusion and recent development.
MODULE 2: Financial Market: Nature function and efficiency: types of financial
market, Money Market: meaning, constituents, function of money market, money
market instruments, recent trends in Indian money market. Capital Market: types of
capital market: primary Market: its role and function, issue of capital: Methods of
issuing securities in primary market, intermediaries in new issue market. Procedure 11
for new issue and SEBI guidelines for issue in primary market, secondary market:
importance and functions, listing of securities in stock exchange, players and trading
mechanism in stock exchange, settlement process: stock exchange: BSE, NSE and OTC
exchange in India.
MODULE 3: Financial services: leasing, factoring, credit rating, hire purchase,
consumer durable financing, financing merchant banking agencies, underwriting,
10
fund transfer, acceptance, stock holding, loan syndication, custodial service,
depository service and venture capital finance.
MODULE 4: Financial Institutions: banking and non-banking financial service (NBFCs) 10
development finance institutions (DFIs): insurance organization: mutual funds: types
of mutual funds scheme, ETFs, hedge funds, private equity funds and other recent
development.
MODULE 5: Global capital market: international Market: FIIs, euro issue, ECB,
latest guidelines of ECB, ADRs, GDRs, FCCB, FDI: international bonds: Bulldog, Yankee 10
and Bunny bonds, case analysis and recent developments.
discussed from Modules 1-5 SEE-Theory Only
Students should do the role play as investors, traders and stockbroker.
Students should compare the financial implications of leasing the equipment and buying it outright.
Student should create mutual fund portfolio, justifying their choices based on risk appetite, investment goals
and market trends.
Recommended Books:
1- Cornett M M and Sauders A fundamental of financial institutions management, McGraw Hill
2- Mandura Jeff, Financial market and institutions, west publishing company
3- Thygerson Keneth J, Financial Market and institutions, Harper Collins
Reference Books:
1- Sasidharam K and Mathew A, Financial Service and system, Tata McGraw Hill
2- M Y Khan, financial Services, Tata McGraw Hill

Understand role of financial systems in economic development and analyze recent financial
CO1
sector reforms and developments in India.
CO2 Identify various types of financial markets, including money markets and capital markets,
Differentiate between primary and secondary markets, analyze the methods of issuing
CO3
securities in the primary market,
Evaluate various financial services such as leasing, factoring, credit rating, hire purchase,
CO4
and consumer durable financing,
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
AVG 3 3 3 3

SEMESTER – III
Banking and Service MFMBA3
Course Name Course Code:
Operations 56B
: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P : 3:0:2 CREDITS: 04
COURSE OVERVIEW: Students will Learn about banks in India, how they work, and how they're watched by
the government. They will also identify new banking trends like online banking and digital money. Explore
services like helping companies sell stocks and ways to get things without buying them all at once and also
they understand how loans are managed and how people invest money together in mutual funds."

● To understand the Structure and functions of public sector Banks and Commercial Banking in India.
● To learn the functions of various Financial Services in India.
● To understand role of Banking and Financial Services in Business organizations
● To know the functioning of NBFC ‘s in India.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Banking System and Structure in India: Types of banks –Public Sector, Regional
Banks, Credit creation and Deployment of Funds. Role of Reserve Bank and GOI as regulator of banking
system, Banking sector reforms, Provisions of Banking Regulation Act and Reserve Bank of India Act,
10
Quantitative and Qualitative Measures of Credit Control, Recent trends in Banking- Banking Technology,
Neo banking, Payment banking, Fintech, Crypto currency, Bank Performance analysis and Future of
Banking. (Theory)
MODULE 2: Commercial Banking: Structure, Functions - Primary and Secondary functions, Services
rendered. Concept of Universal Banking, Analysis of Banks’ Financial statements, financial statement
of Banks, Comparison of bank ratios of public sector banks, Private sector and foreign banks operating
in India. (Theory). 10
Merchant Banking: Categories, Services offered, Issue management – Pre and Post issue
management, Issue pricing, Preparation of Prospectus, Underwriting, Private Placement, Book Building
Vs. Fixed price issues.
MODULE 3: NBFCs; Micro-finance; Leasing and Hire Purchase Banking: NBFCs: An Overview
-Types of NBFCs in India- Growth, Functions and Regulatory framework. (Theory) Micro-finance:
The paradigm-NGOs and SHGs-Microfinance delivery mechanisms, Models Services, Challenges. -
Future of Micro finance (Theory) 10
Leasing and Hire Purchase: Nature and scope of leasing, Types of leasing, Problems in Evaluation
of Leasing. Nature and forms of Hire purchase agreements, Problems in Evaluation of Hire
Purchase. (Theory and Problems)
MODULE 4: Credit Rating; Venture Capital; Depository System, Securitization of Debt: 10
Credit Rating: Meaning, Process, Methodology, Agencies and Symbol
Venture Capital: Concept, features, Process, Stages.
Private equity- Investment banking perspectives in private equity. Performance of Venture Capital
Funded Companies in India. (Theory) Depository System: Objectives of Depository System, Activities,
NSDL and CDSL. Process of Clearing and Settlement.
Securitization of Debt: Meaning, process, Types, Benefits. (Theory)
MODULE 5: Mutual Funds -Meaning, Structure, Functions, Participants, Types of Funds, Types of
Schemes, Performance of Mutual Funds, Factors contributing for the growth of mutual funds in India, 10
Marketing of mutual funds. (Theory).
discussed from Modules 1-5 SEE-80%Theory and 20% Problems
Analyze and compare the Performance of Public, private sector and foreign banks operating in India by
Comparing the Bank ratios.
Issue management: Study the recent public issues
Understand the Venture capital funding and start up challenges in India.
Visit any Microfinance institution or SHG to understand the funding process.
Recommended Books:
1. Financial services by Khan M.Y, McGraw Hill Education, 6 th Edition,2011.
2. Banking and Financial Services by Mukund Sharma, Himalaya Publishing House, 2015
3. Management of Banking and Financial services by Padmalatha Suresh and Justin Paul, Pearson. 3rd Edition
Reference Books:
Financial Markets and Services by K. Natarajan, E. Gordan, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009.
Merchant Banking and Financial Services by Madhu Vij, Swati Dhawan, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd Edition

CO1 Outline various Banking and Non-Banking financial services in India.
CO2 Analyze activities of Merchant Banking and credit rating.
CO3 Identify micro financing and other financial services in India
CO4 Evaluate and compare leasing and hire purchase
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
AVG 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER – III
Introduction to Python,
Course Name Course Code : MBABA313
Data and Control systems
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
The study of consumers helps students to improve their marketing strategies by understanding: the psychology
of how consumers think, feel, reason, and select between different alternatives (e.g., brands, products) of how
the consumer is influenced by his or her environment while shopping or making other marketing decisions.
This course is an overall study of the behavioral aspects of a consumer as an individual, or in the context of a
group or an organization.
• To understand python programming
• To develop Python programs with conditionals and loops.
• To define Python functions and call them.
• To use Python data structures – lists, tuples, dictionaries and do with input / output with files in Python.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Python Program: Creativity and motivation, Computer hardware
architecture, understanding programming, word and sentence, Conversing with Python, Terminology, 10
Debugging, The learning journey
MODULE 2: Variables, Expressions and Statements: Python installation data types: Int, float,
Boolean, string, and list; variables, expressions, statements, precedence of operators, comments; 08
modules, function and its use, flow of execution, parameters and arguments
MODULE 3: Control Flow, Loops and Conditionals: Boolean values and operators, conditional (if),
alternative (if-else), chained conditional (if-elif-else); Iteration: while, for, break, continue. 08
MODULE 4: Functions, Arrays and Fruitful functions: return values, parameters, local and global
scope, function composition, recursion; Strings: string slices, immutability, string functions and methods, 10
string module; Python arrays, Access the Elements of an Array, array methods
MODULE 5: Lists, Tuples, Dictionaries: list operations, list slices, list methods, list loop, mutability,
aliasing, cloning lists, list parameters, list comprehension; Tuples: tuple assignment, tuple as return value, 14
tuple comprehension; Dictionaries: operations and methods, comprehension.
Files, Exception, Modules, Packages : text files, reading and writing files, command line arguments,
errors and exceptions, handling exceptions, modules (datetime, time, OS , calendar, math module),
Explore packages.
• Practice on Python software to become Expertise in data visualization process.
• Access to web-frameworks and get motivated to work on analytical tools
• Analyse any big retail chain data using python
Recommended Books:
1. “Think Python: How to Think like a Computer Scientist’’, Allen B. Downey, 2nd edition.
2. Updated for Python 3, Shroff/O‘Reilly Publishers, 2016.
3. “Core Python Programming”, R.Nageswara Rao dream tech.
4. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, Vamsi Kurama, Pearson.
5. Core Python Programming, W.Chun, Pearson.
6. Introduction to Python, Kenneth A. Lambert, Cengage
7. Learning Python, Mark Lutz, Orielly
1. www.Programiz.
 www.CodeCademy
 www.FreeCodeCamp

CO1 Understand the concepts of python programming
CO2 Apply the knowledge to decompose a Python program into functions
CO3 Analyse and Represent compound data using Python lists, tuples, dictionaries
CO4 Structure a simple Python programs for solving problems.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 1 - - - 2 -
CO2 - 2 2 - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - 2 - 2 - -
AVG 3 3 2 3 2 -
SEMESTER – III
Exploratory Data
Course Name Course Code : MBABA314
Analysis for Business
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:

• To make students to understand data analysis and visualization process
• To make students to use tools to extract trends from existing data to drive business decisions
• To make students to analyze and to visualize different characteristics of a data set.
• To make students to develop summarized reports
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Data Mining: Applications- Nature of The Problem-
Classification Problems in Real Life- Email Spam, Handwritten Digit Recognition, Image
segmentation, Speech Recognition, DNA Expression Microarray, DNA Sequence
Classification. Exploratory Data Analysis (EDA)- What is Data- Numerical Summarization -
Measures of Similarity and Dissimilarity, Proximity- Distance- Euclidean Distance, Minkowski 10
Distance, Mahalanobis Distance Visualization- Tools for Displaying Single Variables - Tools
for Displaying Relationships Between Two Variables – Tools for Displaying More Than Two
Variables. R Scripts- R Library: ggplot2-R Markdown
MODULE 2: Statistical Learning and Model Selection: Prediction Accuracy - Prediction
Error, Training and Test Error as A Function of Model Complexity, Over fitting a Model, Bias-
Variance Trade-off, Cross Validation- Holdout Sample: Training and Test Data, Three-way 08
Split: Training, Validation and Test Data, Cross-Validation, Random Sub sampling, K-fold
Cross-Validation, Leave-One-Out Cross-Validation with examples for each
MODULE 3: Linear Regression and Variable Selection: Meaning- Review Expectation,
Variance, Frequentist Basics, Parameter Estimation, Linear Methods, Point Estimate, Example
Results, Theoretical Justification, R Scripts. Variable Selection- Variable Selection for the 08
Linear Model, R Scripts.
MODULE 4: Regression Shrinkage Methods and Tree based method: Meaning, Types-
Ridge Regression, Compare Squared Loss for Ridge Regression, More on Coefficient
Shrinkage, The Lasso. Tree Based Methods- Construct the Tree, The Impurity Function,
Estimate the Posterior Probabilities of Classes in Each Node, Advantages of the Tree-Structured 10
Approach, Variable Combinations, Missing Values, Right Sized Tree via Pruning, Bagging and
Random Forests, R Scripts, Bagging, From Bagging to Random Forests, Boosting
MODULE 5: Principal Components Analysis and Classification: Singular Value

Decomposition (SVD), Principal Components, Principal Components Analysis(PCA),
Geometric Interpretation, Acquire Data, Classification - Classification Error Rate, Bayes
Classification Rule, Linear Methods for Classification, Logistic Regression - Assumptions,
Comparison with Linear Regression on Indicators- Fitting based on Optimization Criterion, 14
Binary Classification, Multiclass Case (K ≥ 3), Discriminant Analysis - Class Density
Estimation, Linear Discriminant Analysis, Optimal Classification
Support Vector Machines: Overview, When Data is Linearly Separable, Support Vector
Classifier, When Data is NOT Linearly Separable, Kernel Functions, Multiclass SVM.
1. To conduct explorative research to collect data and analyse using statistical tools like excel and SPSS
2. Interpret the data objectively and prepare report
Recommended Books
1. John W. Tukey “Exploratory Data Analysis”, 1st Edition, ISBN13: 978-0201076165, ISBN-
10: 0201076160
2. Foster Provost and Tom Fawcett. “Data Science for Business: What you need to know about
data mining and data-analytic thinking”. O'Reilly Media, latest edition, ISBN-13: 978- 1449361327
3. Hadley Wickham, Garrett Grolemund for Data Science: Import, Tidy, Transform, Visualize, and Model
Data", Publisher: "O'Reilly Media, Inc.", 2016, ISBN 1491910364,9781491910368
4. Cathy O'Neil, Rachel Schutt. "Doing Data Science: Straight Talk from the Frontline",
Publisher: "O'Reilly Media, Inc.", 2013, ISBN 144936389X, 9781449363895

• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKEtWRgvdiaAQVgLW7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzQEdnRp
ZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660416785/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2farchive.org%2fdetails%2fexplorator
ydataa0000tuke_7616/RK=2/RS=5BVZN5konKiTESg8jAvGKFu9qtw-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKEtWRgvdiaAQVf7W7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzMEdnRp
ZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660416785/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fjhuadvdatasci.github.io%2f2019%2fl
ectures%2fEDA.pdf/RK=2/RS=pupbdtbn2rtanCvRHfwBi9lWxMk-
Note: The aforesaid links and study materials are suggestive in nature, they may be used with due regards to copy
CO1 Understand Data Mining and its importance .
CO2 Apply knowledge of research design for business problems
CO3 Analyze the cause and effect relationship between the variables from the Analysis.
CO4 Evaluate Regression and decision tree based methods to solve business problems
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 1 - - - 2 -
CO2 - 2 2 - - -
CO3 - - - - - -
CO4 - 2 - 3 - -
AVG 3 3 2 3 2 -
SEMESTER – III
Business Analytics and MBABA3
Course Name Course Code :
Intelligence 55A
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
COURSE OVERVIEW: Business intelligence (BI) and analytics refers to the collective infrastructure, tools,
applications, and other resources that generate data and insights, which in turn inform how businesses
make decisions, uncover revenue opportunities, and evaluate performance. The course covers
introduction, business problem solving using Tableau, visualization using Tableau, and business problems
addressed by using Power BI.
1. To impart the skills needed to manage database of large scale organization, techniques for data mining.
2. To become familiar with the processes needed to develop, report, and analyse business data.
3. To provide a comprehensive introduction to various visualization techniques.
4. To focus on solving problems around Data Processing and Analysis
5. To provide a comprehensive introduction to various visualization techniques.
6. To focus on solving problems around Data Processing and Analysis
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction To Business Analytics: What is business analytics? Historical
Overview of data analysis, Data Scientist vs. Data Engineer vs. Business Analyst, Career in 08
Business Analytics.
MODULE 2: Introduction To Business Intelligence: Meaning, Purpose and Structure of Business
Intelligence Systems. Understanding Multidimensional Analysis Concepts: Attributes, Hierarchies
and Dimensions in data Analysis. Understanding Dimensional Data Warehouse: Fact Table, 10
Dimension Tables, Surrogate Keys and Alternative Table Structure. What is multi-dimension.
MODULE 3: Business Problem Solving and Tableau: Introduction to Tableau, Evaluation
of Tableau, Tableau Architecture and Installation of Tableau. Data analysis and data
communication with Tableau. Tableau public and desktop. Knowing Your Data, importing
data, the “Data Visualization Process”, table view, Dashboard, Tableau Basics: Dimensions, 10
Measures, Tableau Workspace, cards and shelves, marks card, formatting how to analyse
structured data using Tableau, exporting data.
MODULE 4: Business Problem Solving and Visualisation Using Tableau: Visualization Graphs
and Application: using device designer, maps in Tableau, editing unrecognized locations, custom 10
geocoding, polygon maps, map box integration, types of calculations, calculation syntax.
MODULE 5: Introduction to Power BI: SQL Server Introduction, Introduction to Power Bi, Basic
Report Design, Visual sync, Grouping, Visualization Properties.
Visualisation Using Power BI, Data preparation, Visualizing data in charts and tables, 12
Relationships in tables, Spatial visualization
Case Study: Compulsory question for 20 Marks. Review and recap of case studies discussed
from Module 1 to Module 5
1. To visit the business organisation and understand the Business Intelligence and Analytics
2. Suggested to work on data collected for research using excel and SPSS
3. Suggested to get acquainted with statistical tools like R and Tableau for data visualisation.
Recommended Books:
1. Business Intelligence and Analytics: Systems for Decision Support : by Ramesh Sharda, Pearson.
2. Business Intelligence, Analytics, and Data Science: A Managerial Perspective | Fourth Edition |
Pearson Paperback by Ramesh Sharda / DursunDelen / Efraim Turban
3. Visual Analytics with Tableau,by Alexander Loth,Wiley
4. Learning Tableau 2020: Create effective data visualizations, build interactive visual analytics,
and transform your organization, 4th Edition,by Joshua N. Milliga
5. Data Visualization: Using Power BI, Orange and Excel- by Dr.Shirshendu Roy , by BOOKNETZ
6. Mastering Power BI- by Chandraish Sinha , Sold by Epitome Books
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awr1Rc1iaPdiPmUT4oa7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzQEdnRpZA
MEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660410083/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fkathterhin.blogspot.com%2f2014%2f04
%2fe673ebook-pdf-ebookbusiness.html/RK=2/RS=DeUCJ8WnPRk3QtR2PKX8UhrcJlo-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awr1Rc1iaPdiPmUT5Ia7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzUEdnRpZA
MEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660410083/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fwww.dbooks.org%2fessentials-of-
business-analytics-3319688375%2f/RK=2/RS=wLsmGpjOzEUsZbRxxpLPf_1_m88-

CO1 To understand concepts of business analytics and business intelligence
CO2 To apply the knowledge of the processes needed to develop, report, and analyse business data
CO3 Analyse data using Excel and Excel add-ins to solve business problems.
CO4 Evaluate the Data Structure and pattern for Decision making in business management
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - - 3 2
CO4 - - - 3 - -
AVG 3 3 - 3 3 2
SEMESTER – III
MBABA3
Course Name Predictive Analytics Course Code :
55B
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW: Predictive analytics is the process of using data to forecast future outcomes. The
process uses data analysis, machine learning, artificial intelligence, and statistical models to find patterns that
might predict future behavior. The course focuses on Regression models , process, nomenclature, time series
data, simple and multiple regression and seasonal data analysis in business application.
• To make students understand the basic concepts of time series data and regression
• To impart theory and practice of simple linear regression and the components of times series data.
• To provide a theoritical and practical understanding of multiple regression analysis and various diagnostic tests
of regression model.
• To make students understand and apply the time series forecasting techniques and evaluate its accuracy
• To make students understand and deal with seasonal data, and model volatility in time series data.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Analytics and Regression: Basic Statistics, Introduction to analytics, Descriptive vs.
Predictive vs. Prescriptive analytics, Data Structure, Types of Data; Exploratory Data Analysis,
Dealing with time series data, Data Generation process for the Regressors, Stationary and 07
Nonstationary data, Introduction to Regression, Nomenclature in Regression, Importance of
Regression in Managerial Decisions, Types of Regression
MODULE 2: Simple Linear Regression: Tests for Stationarity, Steps involved in SLR, Regression
model building for Predictive Analytics, Model Estimation, Model significance (t-statistic and F-
13
statistic), Model Validation, Communicating the Results, Assumptions of OLS, Examples and
Exercises in SLR.
MODULE 3: Multiple Linear Regression: Introduction to MLR, Framework for building MLR,
Interpretation of Coefficients and Output, R2 and Adjusted R2, Degrees of Freedom, Spurious
Regression, Diagnostic checking: Multicollinearity - Autocorrelation – Heteroskedasticity, 08
Qualitative Data and Dummy Variables, Analysing MLR from modelling perspective, Examples
and Exercises in MLR,
MODULE 4: Forecasting Time Series Data: Forecasting and its importance, Time Series
12
Forecasting, Exponential Smoothing Method - HOLT and HOLT-WINTER methods, Time series
components, Deterministic and Stochastic Trend, Box-Jenkins method, Q-statistics and Correlogram
Analysis, Selecting Forecasting Models using performance measures AIC and SIC, Forecasting
Univariate and Multivariate Time series data, In-sample forecasting, Forecast accuracy
MODULE 5: Seasonality: Seasonal Data, Modelling Seasonality, Introduction to Seasonal
Dummies, Forecasting Seasonality - Calender effects.
Volatility: Volatility modelling and forecasting using Univariate ARCH family models, Introduction 10
to multivariate volatility models.
Introduction to Eviews and R: Data import, Understaning Data type, Determining trend, Charts and
Graphs.Import Libraries and Data Vizualization.
SLR: Identifying Data Generation Process, Trend, , Stationary and Non-stationary time series, Removing trend,
Simple Linear Regression (SLR) Estimation and Interpretation,
Forecasting Univariate Data: Exponential Smoothing Methods, Correlogram and Q-Statistic, AR, MA, ARMA
and ARIMA models.
MLR: Model Formulation and Estimation, Static and Dynamic Forecasting, Diagnostic Checking – Detecting
Autocorrelation and Heteroscedasticity, and Remedial measures.
Forecast Evaluation: Forecast Accuracy, Model Comparisons.
Seasonality – Modeling with trend and seasonality, Calender Effects
Volatility modeling and Forecasting: ARCH/GARCH/EGARCH/ARCH-M model
Recommended Books:
1. Basic Econometrics, Damodar N Gujarati, Dawn C Port and Sangeetha Gunasekar, McGraw Hill Education,
New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2017
2. Business Analytics: The Science of Data-Driven Decision Making, 2nd Edition, U Dinesh Kumar, Wiley, 2019
Reference Books:
1. A Practical Guide to Using Econometrics, A. H. Studenmund, Pearson, 7th Edition, 2019.
2. Statistics for Management, I.Levin Richard, H. Siddiqui Masood, S. Rubin David and Rastogi Sanjay, Pearson,
8th Edition, 2017.
3. Econometrics by Example, Damodar Gujarati, Palgrave, 2nd Edition, 2015.
4. Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, Jeffrey M. Wooldridge, Cengage Learning, 7 th Edition, 2019.

The students will be able to understand the basic concepts in Analytics and Regression for making
CO1
managerial decisions
The students will be able to comprehend and perform multiple regression analysis and various diagnostic
CO2
tests of regression model
The students will be able to understand and apply the time series forecasting techniques and evaluate its
CO3
accuracy
The students can able to understand and successfully deal with seasonal data, and perform volatility
CO4
modelling in time series data
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 3 - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - 2 3 - -
CO4 - - - - - 3
AVG 3 3 2 3 - 3
SEMESTER – III
MBABA3
Marketing, Web, and
Course Name Course Code : 56A
Social Media Analytics
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:

1. To make students to understand Web marketing and digital marketing concepts.
2. To make students to apply knowledge of web marketing for data analysis
3. To make students to analyze social media like Facebook analytics
4. To make students to use statistical tools for data analysis
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Meaning and nature of marketing, Importance, Objectives of marketing,
Marketing, v/s Selling, E- Business, Marketing Environment – Features, importance, Components
of Marketing Environment. Emerging areas of Marketing – Neuro Marketing, Sensory Marketing. 08
Marketing Ethics - Green marketing and green economy. Contemporary Indian Marketing
Environment, Recent trends in Marketing.
Module 2: Prediction Accuracy: - Prediction Error, Training and Test Error as A Function of
Model Complexity, Over fitting a Model, Bias-Variance Trade-off. Cross Validation- Holdout
Sample: Training and Test Data, Three-way Split: Training, Validation and Test Data, Cross- 08
Validation, Random Sub sampling, K-fold Cross-Validation, Leave-One-Out Cross-Validation
with examples for each.
MODULE 3: Linear Regression and Variable Selection: Meaning- Review Expectation,
Variance, Frequentist Basics, Parameter Estimation, Linear Methods, Point Estimate, Example
12
Results, Theoretical Justification, R Scripts Variable Selection- Variable Selection for the Linear
Model, R Scripts
MODULE 4: Regression Shrinkage Methods and Tree based method: Types- Ridge Regression,
Compare Squared Loss for Ridge Regression, More on Coefficient Shrinkage, The Lasso Tree
10
Based Methods- Construct the Tree, The Impurity Function, Estimate the Posterior Probabilities of
Classes in Each Node, Advantages of the Tree-Structured Approach, Variable Combinations,
Missing Values, Right Sized Tree via Pruning, Bagging and Random Forests, R Scripts, Bagging,
From Bagging to Random Forests, Boosting.
MODULE 5: Principal Components, Principal Components Analysis(PCA): Geometric
Interpretation, Acquire Data Classification - Classification Error Rate, Bayes Classification Rule,
Linear Methods for Classification, Logistic Regression - Assumptions, Comparison with Linear
Regression on Indicators- Fitting based on Optimization Criterion, Binary Classification,
Multiclass Case (K ≥ 3), 12
Discriminant Analysis - Class Density Estimation, Linear Discriminant Analysis, Optimal
Classification, Binary Classification, Estimating the Gaussian Distributions.
Support Vector Machines: Overview, When Data is Linearly Separable, Support Vector
Classifier, When Data is NOT Linearly Separable, Kernel Functions, Multiclass SVM.
• Observe Facebook insights and understand how retailers use those insights for business purposes
• Analyse the Amazon .com promotions and web marketing strategies
• Analyse the digital and social media marketing strategies to increase sale volume and profit
Recommended Books:
1. Social Media Analytics Strategy: Using Data To Optimize Business Performance by Gonçalves,
Publisher: Apress.
2. Social Media Analytics - Techniques and Insights for Extracting Business Value Out of Social Media 1
Edition (English, Paperback, AvinashKohirkar, Matthew Ganis, Ed Brill) , Publisher: Pearson.
3. Marketing to the Social Web: How Digital Customer Communities Build Your Business, by Larry
Weber; Publisher: Pearson.

• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKC2owifdiw70UiEG7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzME
cG9zAzQEdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660418481/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%
2fconnect.darden.virginia.edu%2fmrktngebook/RK=2/RS=S9yskCsL8By_vrVii_iQYKaonLc-

CO1 Understand the concepts of Marketing
CO2 Apply of knowledge on data analysis in Facebook and web
CO3 Analyse the usage of digital platforms for business purpose
CO4 Evaluate the business models with integration of technology
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - 2 -
AVG 3 3 - 3 2 -
SEMESTER – III
Introduction to AI in MBABA3
Business 56B
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
AI-based business applications can use algorithms and modeling to turn data into actionable insights on
how organizations can optimize a range of functions and business processes from worker schedules to
production product pricing. The course focuses on introduction, application of AI in healthcare,
Transformation, technology landscape, ethics, privacy and security in AI applications.
1. To help students understand the concepts and frameworks of AI.
2. To help students understand the application of AI in various sectors such as healthcare, Education and Retail
3. To help students understand the application of AI in various sectors such as Financial and Built environment.
4. To understand the data platform of AI and its ecosystem
5. To help students to understand Ethics, Privacy, and Security issues in AI.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction To AI
Introduction: Evolution of AI, AI and Its Branches, A Bit about Algorithms, Critical Success Factors
for AI Initiatives.
10
Building a Framework for Applying AI: Introduction, Identifying the Future State, Building the
Technology Strategy, Defining the Business Case, Creating the Solution, Identifying AI Capabilities,
Establishing a Governance Process
MODULE 2: Application in Healthcare, Education and Retail
Transforming Healthcare with AI: Introduction, Understanding the Macroscopic Factors Driving
Smart Capabilities in the Future of the Healthcare Industry, The Critical Role of AI in the Healthcare
of the Future, Smart Hospitals of the Future, AI Applications in Healthcare, Business Models of the
Future in Healthcare
Transforming Education with AI: Introduction, Improving Performance through a Learning 10
Ecosystem, Understanding the Macroscopic Factors Driving Smart Techniques in the Future of the
Education Industry, The Critical Role of AI in the Education of the Future, The Changing Landscape
of Learning at Various Levels, Executive Education in AI
Transforming Retail with AI: Introduction, Understanding How and Why the Retail Industry Has
Been Changing, How AI Will Change the Retail Industry of the Future
MODULE 3:. Transformation of Financial and Built Environment 10
Transforming Financial Services with AI: Introduction, How AI Will Change the Financial Services
Industry of the Future
Transforming the Built Environment with AI: Introduction, Understanding Why the Built
Environment Is Changing, Defining a Digital Building, How AI Will Change the Built
Environment of the Future, The Future of Building Systems and Technologies with AI.
MODULE 4: Right Technology Landscape
Introduction, The Data Platform for AI, Analytical Engine, Multi-agent Systems and AI, Adaptive User 10
Experiences, Software-Defined General-Purpose Gateways, Technology Partner Ecosystem.
MODULE 5: Dealing with Ethics, Privacy, and Security
Introduction: Ethics, Privacy, Cybersecurity, AI in Cyber-Defense, Understanding Changes Caused by
10
AI, The Significance of Changes, Applying the IMMERSE Framework for Managing Change, Creating
Stakeholder-Groups to Drive Change, Preventing Barriers to Change Management.
Recommended Books:
1. Reimagining Businesses with AI, Sudhi Sinha, Khaled Al Huraimel, Wiley 2020
2. Leading with AI and Analytics: Build You: Build Your Data Science IQ to Drive Business Value, Eric
Anderson, Florian Zettelmeyer, McGraw Hill, 2021
Reference Books:
1. AI and Analytics: Accelerating Business Decisions, Sameer Dhanrajani, Wiley, 2018
2. HBR's 10 Must Reads on AI, Analytics, and the New Machine Age, HBR, 2019

The student will be able to understand the conceptual framework for implementing AI capabilities in
CO1 every business organization for decision making.
The student will be able to understand conceptually the application of AI in various sectors such as
CO2
healthcare, Education and Retail
The student will be able to understand the application of AI in various sectors such as Financial and Built
CO3
environment
The student will be able to understand about various data platform of AI and its ecosystem adopted in
CO4 various multinational companies w.r.to Ethics, Privacy, and Security issues in AI.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - 3
CO4 - - - - 3 -
AVG 3 3 - 3 3 3
SEMESTER – III
Course : Basics of Project Management Course Code :MPMBA313
No. of Lecture Hours / Week : 04 CIE Marks: 50

No. of Tutorial / Practical
: 00 SEE Marks: 50
Hours / Week
Total No. of Lecture +
Tutorial / Practical Hours
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW :
The students will learn the fundamentals and best practices of project management through real-
world exercises. It ensure that students are delivering business value by assessing a project’s
business case, identifying stakeholders and their relationship to project, capturing product
requirements, and establishing quality metrics to guide the development of product and reassess
the business case. The course manage project within the planned budget and schedule by managing
change, identifying and managing risks, assumptions, and constraints.
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES (CLO)
1. To understand the knowledge of project management theories and practices to solve business
problem.
2. To have the knowledge of collection of the data to align the project for better decision making.
3. To understand appropriate legal and ethical standard to communicate strategies of the project.
4. To Identify the resources required to achieve the goals of the organization
Teaching
MODULES
Hours
MODULE 1:
Introduction to Project Management: Meaning, Nature, Benefits and project life cycle.
Project environment- Development of modern project management. Dimensions of project 10
management, stakeholder’s management.
MODULE 2:
Organization structure: meaning, types of organization structure-functional, matrix and
project. Project Manager skills: Project manager skills-technical skills, problem solving 10
skills, interpersonal skills, administrative skills.
MODULE 3:
Developing work breakdown structure: Work break down structure, purpose, project
strategy and work break down.
Procurement management: Meaning and process-procurement strategy, approved
tender list, pre-tender survey, bidder selection, request for quotation (ROQ), tender 10
evaluation, purchase order.
MODULE 4:
Project Estimates: ROI, NPV, Pay-back period, IRR, Cost benefit analysis, cost
control-Site Man Hour and cost (SMAC) and EVA . Network analysis: meaning 10
of network, basic rules, terminology in network, PERT and CPM.
MODULE 5:
Project risk management: Introduction to risk management process, types of
risk, risk process, tools and technique, and risk reports.
Project quality management: Quality definition, tools of quality management-
failure mode analysis, Pareto analysis and trend analysis.
Health and safety regulation: Safety, health and welfare act, 1952, Dangerous 10
machine act 1923, environment protection Act, 1986.
PRACTICAL COMPONENTS :
• Students need to select a project and has to submit a report on organization structure,
project manager skills.
• Students need to prepare a report on financial estimates forecast of a project.
• Students need to present a report on project risk and quality management of a project.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Project management planning and control, Albert Lester, 5th edition, Elsevier Science &
Technology Books.
2. Introduction to basic concept of project management, Francis M Webser Jr, PMI
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs) :
CO1 Explain project management theories and practices to solve business Problem.
CO2 Apply critically the data to align the project for better decision making.
CO3 Analyze appropriate legal and ethical standard to communicate strategies of the
project.
CO4 Assess the resources required to achieve the goals of the organization.
CO-PO Mapping

CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - 3
CO4 - - - - 3 -
Avg. 3 3 - 3 3 3
Mapping→3-High, 2-Medium and 1-Low
SEMESTER –III
Course : Project Planning and Scheduling Code : MPMBA314
No. of Lecture Hours/Week : 04 CIE Marks : 50
: 00 SEE Marks : 50
Hours / Week
L:T:P :4-0-0 CREDIT: 4
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course gives foundation across the concepts and techniques to plan, schedule and monitor
resources on a project. Students will learn that project time management is a process of strategic
planning, monitoring and control to accomplish the timely completion of a project. Completing
projects on time is often one of the key success criteria for a project.
1) Identify the process of planning.
2) Identify the different planning strategies
3) Use the planning process with available resources.
4) Identify the different techniques of planning to optimize the business solution.
Teaching
MODULES
Hours
MODULE 1:
Introduction to planning: Meaning of plan, types of plan, general plan, planning
process, identifying project variable, life cycle process, information requirement-
statement of work, project specification, milestone schedule, work breakdown 10
structure, role of executive planning.
MODULE 2:
Planning cycle: Work authorization, cost data collection, cost accounting and
reporting. Project charter, planning and requirement policy. 10
Case study: Two boss problem, project overrun.
MODULE 3:
Network scheduling: Meaning, techniques, fundamentals, GERT, PERT, CPM,
dependency, slack time, network re-planning, estimating activity time, estimating 10
total programme time, crash time, PERT/CPM problem areas.
MODULE 4:
Project graphics, importance of graphics in project, customer reporting, Gantt chart, 10
other conventional method, logic network, problems in scheduling.
MODULE 5:
Pricing and estimates: Global pricing strategies, types of estimates, pricing
process, labor distribution, overhead cost and material cost. Pricing review 10
technique, estimating pitfall, estimating high risk project.
• Student need to prepare a project plan and schedule that support the project definition
• Student need to prepare and present a work break down of a project.
• Student need to present a scope of the project.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. A systematic approach to planning, scheduling, and control, PMI, 2000
2. Project planning, scheduling and control, James Lewis, professional pub.
3. A systematic approach to planning, scheduling, and control, Harnold kernzer, Wiley.
CO1 Explain the planning concept using the knowledge.
CO2 Apply critically the different planning strategies in order to optimize business.
CO3 Analyze different activities of project by understanding resources available in order to

complete timely and socially responsible.
CO4 Assess different techniques available in order to achieve organizational goals.
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - - - 3
CO4 - - - - 3 -
Avg. 3 3 - - 3 3
Mapping: - 3-High, 2-Medium and 1-Low

SEMESTER – III
Course : Project finance and budgeting Code : MPMBA355A
No. of Lecture Hours / Week : 04 CIE Marks : 50
: 00 SEE Marks : 50
Hours / Week
: 50 SEE Duration : 03 Hrs.
L:T:P :4-0-0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course aims at equipping participants with the skills to project finance and budgeting
appraises and analyzes the projects. It relies on the current tools and techniques in managing
project risks and uncertainties to ensure the profit margins are sustainable. The major
objective of the course is to impart participants with the skills to understand the value and
practice of impact evaluation in development economies, to develop and implement impact
evaluation.
1. Carryout technical, economic, financial, and risk analysis to select projects that meet the
objectives of the state and the organization.
2. Identify and measure risks.
3. Using the latest tools and techniques, manage and evaluate risks.
4. Use decisions trees, programming techniques, Network and Path analysis, manpower
planning, contingency planning, and Gantt charts to manage uncertainties & workability of
a project.
Teaching
MODULES
Hours
MODULE 1: Overview of project finance
Introduction to project finance, Parties to a project financing, Financing sources
8
used in project financing, Evaluating the project- The offering memorandum,
Legislation relating to information memoranda, Information memorandum issues.
MODULE 2: Market and demand analysis, Technical analysis (steps to be discussed
in detail). Financial Analysis: Estimation of cost of project and means of financing –
estimates of sales and production – cost of production – working capital
12
requirement and its financing – estimates of working results – breakeven points –
projected cash flow statement – projected balance sheet.
(Theory & Problems)
MODULE 3: Project cash flows: Net Present Value – benefit cost ratio –internal rate
of returns urgency – payback period – accounting rate of returns – investment 10
appraisal in practice. (Theory & Problems).
MODULE 4: Types and measure of risk – simple estimation of risk – sensitivity
analysis – scenario analysis – Monte Carlo simulation – Decision tree analysis –
selection of projects under risk – risk analysis in practice.
10
Special decision situations: Choice between mutually exclusive projects of
unequal life – optimal timing decision – determination of economic life.
(Theory & Problems).
MODULE 5: Contractual framework
General, Pre-development agreements, Construction agreements, Contractors
bonds, Operating and maintenance agreements, Sponsor support agreements, 10
Management agreements, Representations and warranties, Project loan/credit
agreements, Security agreements.
1. Students are asked to identify how the approaches to project appraisal differ between
commercial projects in the private sector and a public sector.
2. Students can visit a financial institution/Bank and study the project appraisal criteria
adopted by them.
3. Students can study the project financing procedure provided by Banks.
4. Students can visit the organization which have undertaken large scale projects like
‘Bangalore Metro Rail’ and study the risk associated with such projects and also study how
they access and manage such risks.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Introduction to Project Finance- Edited by Andrew Fight Butterworth-Heinemann is an
imprint of Elsevier ISBN-13: 978-0-7506-5905-5 & ISBN-10: 0-7506-5905-X
2. Project Planning: Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review –Prasanna Chandra,
7/e, TMH, 2011.
3. Project Management and Control – Narendra Singh, HPH, 2003.
4. Project Management – Bhavesh M. Patel, 2/e, Vikas Publication.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Project Management for Business and Technology: Principles and Practice – Nicholas,
John M., 2/e, Pearson.
2. Project Management: The Managerial Process – Gray& Larson, 4/e, TMH, 2011.
3. Project Management – Choudhury, 1/e, TMH. 7.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

CO1 Explain the concepts of budgeting financing in project.
CO2 Apply Capital budgeting and project financing in decision making.
CO3 Analyze different types of risk and special decisions situations.
CO4 Asses the multiple projects and its constraints.
CO- PO Mapping
PO POPO PO PO
PO 6
1 2 3 4 5
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - 3 - - - -
CO4 - 3 - - - -
Avg. 3 3 - - - -
Mapping→3-High, 2-Medium and 1-Low
SEMESTER – III
Course: Project Management Information System Course Code: MPMBA355B
No. of Lecture Hours / Week : 04 CIE Marks:50
No. of Tutorial / Practical Hours / Week: 00 SEE Marks:50
Total No. of Lecture + Tutorial / Practical Hours:50 SEE Duration:03
L:T:P: 4:0:0 CREDITS :04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course provides knowledge about the fundamentals of Project Management related to
information systems. Students examine the importance of information systems in project
management. Topics include Introduction about project management with information system,
Objectives of Project management and managing the information Process. It also provides students
an overview of Integrated project management information systems.
1. To make the students familiar about identifying a project’s MIS technology needs.
2. To discuss about project monitoring and Reporting.
3. To understand the concept of project management in information system.
4. To identify various roles of information system in project management
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1:
Project Management Information System - An Overview: Overview of Project
Management Information System, Objectives of Project management information 10
system , Essential features of project management information system ,Planning of
Project Management Information System , Designing of Project Management System
MODULE 2: 10
Defining DME-IS: Definition of Project DME-IS, Fundamentals of DME-IS,
Characteristics of DME-IS, Components of DME-IS, Review of the project cycle in DME-
IS ,The Core Processes of DME-IS, Monitoring and evaluating of DME-IS ,Identifying a
Project’s MIS technology needs, DME-IS at the project level, DME-IS at the country level
MODULE 3: 10
Project Management Information Environment : Overview of information
Environment, information dimensions, information staffs, information culture ,
information standards and principles , information strategies and politics ,
information governance , information architecture , information collection,
information analysis .
MODULE 4:
Project Information Management : Defining projects information needs,
importance of project in information management, management of projects, locating 10
information sources related to the projects , Collection and selection of information
required for the projects, Organizing and storing the projects information, Reporting
and sharing the information of the projects, Using the information related to the
projects, Evaluating the process and the information of projects, Improving the
projects information .
MODULE 5:
Information Plans of Project : An overview of information plans of the project ,
Reporting Information , Historical information , Access to information , 10
Implementation of strategies , information controls, Information audits, project
management software.
Question paper: Both Theory and Practical
1. Discuss the project management cycle.
2. Explain the project management information process by selecting any one project
3. Identify the DME-IS levels in project organized by the students .
4. Design a project management information system .
5. Implement a project information plan in the software.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Information systems Project Management , David Avison , Gholamreza Torkzadeh( 2009)
2. Information System Project Management , Sage Publications(2008)
3. Project Management Information Systems, Ayman N Alkhaldi (2019)
4. Project Management , Albert Lester (2007)
5. Introduction to Project Management Information Systems ,David .L.Olson ,(2003)
6. Project Management Theory and Practice , Gary L Richardson, Brad .M. Jackson , (2019)
Reference Book:
1. Management Information systems , D P Goyal (2006)
2. Guide to Project Management , Project Management Institute , (2019)
3. Management Information Systems ,Effy Ozz,(2004)
4. Project Management Information Systems, Rodolfo Siles, (2004)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 Explain the concepts and features of Project management information systems.
CO2 Apply the most suitable DME-IS for the projects.
CO3 Analyze the best available project management strategies.
CO4 Evaluate the information plan selected for the project.
CO – PO Mapping
PO1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - 3 - -
CO3 - 3 - - - -
CO4 - - - 3 - -
Avg. 3 3 - 3 - -
SEMESTER – III
Course Name: Managing Human Resources in Project Code : MPMBA356A
No. of Lecture Hours / Week : 04 CIE Marks: 50

: 00 SEE Marks: 50
Hours / Week
:50 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Management by projects is now regarded as a competitive way to manage organizations. Because
it emphasizes the importance of human skills in meeting project objectives and deals with
interpersonal skills that can optimize the performance of project participants. It will help to learn
the human skills needed to interface with major stakeholders and achieve synergy. It will help to
understand the role of top management, project managers, project team members, major project
stakeholders, and all other project participants in the project.
1. Learn theories and concept of human resource management to project related problem.
2. Understand different human resource strategies that impact the project.
3. Learn organizational leadership and change skills for managing projects and project teams to
achieve goals.
4. Gain knowledge of ethical, legal and socially responsible human resources practices in project
management.
MODULES Teaching
Hours
MODULE 1:
Introduction to people management: Meaning, importance and scope of human
10
resource in project, managing the relationship with people and organization.
Significance of people management skills.
MODULE 2:
Communication and motivation in project: Goals of interpersonal
communication, communication channel and links, open and closed communication, 10
importance of effective listening, verbal and non-verbal listening, and the role of
perception. Motivation: Meaning, process of motivation. Theories of motivation.
MODULE 3:
Conflict and Negotiation skills: Meaning of conflict, views of conflict-traditional view,
behavioral view, and interactionist view. Levels of conflict and conflict and
performance, conflict and outcomes. Conflict management technique- conflict
management styles and approaches. 10
Negotiation: Meaning, principles, methods of negotiations, factors influencing
negotiation, negotiation strategies.
MODULE 4:
Managing stress: Meaning, types of stress, source of stress-job environment,
personal factor, project climate, role and relationship. Effect of stress –health and 10
performance. Guidelines for managing the stress.
MODULE 5:
Leadership, power, influence and politics in project management : Leadership trait,
skills, principles, theories of leadership, models of leadership, Power versus
influence, leadership and control, source of power, project manager and power. 10
Managing the politics in upper management level, managing the politics at the project
level.
• Students need to identify the project HR manager role and present.
• Student should visit an organization and should identify the methods of communication and
submit a report.
• Student should submit a report on stress management followed in the project organization.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Human Resource skills for project manager, Vijay K Verma, PMI.
2. Human resource management in project- Karin bredrin, Palgrave Macmillan
COURSE OUTCOMES (Cos)
CO1 Explain the theories and concept of human resource management to project related
problem.
CO2 Apply different human resource strategies that critically impact the project.
CO3 Analyze effective organizational leadership and change skills for managing projects
and project teams to achieve goals.
CO4 Assess ethical, legal and socially responsible human resources practices in project
management.
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - 3 - - -
CO4 - - - 2 - 3
Avg. 3 3 3 2 - 3
Mapping 3-High, 2-Medium, and 1-Low
SEMESTER – III
Course: Project Cost Management Course Code:MPMBA356B
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This is an introductory course in Project costing with an objective of understanding and diagnosing
the cost information contained in financial statement with a view to judge the profitability
and financial soundness of the firm, and to make forecast about prospects of the firm.
1. To understand various concepts and terminologies used in cost management in Projects
2. To explain and critically evaluate various costing methods and techniques such as marginal
costing, budgetary control, standard costing, activity based costing in Projects
3. To apply and analyze various costing methods and techniques in the Projects
MODULES HOURS
MODULE 1: 10
Meaning of cost and cost management in project -Cost accounting vs Cost management-
Classification of costs-Methods and techniques of costing- Preparation of cost sheet
(Numerical problems on cost sheet). Classification of overheads-Cost allocation and cost
apportionment.
MODULE 2: 10
Meaning, advantages and disadvantages of Marginal costing-Marginal cost techniques-
Break Even Point (including chart), P/V Ratio and Margin of Safety-Applications of
marginal costing technique (All types of numerical problems)-Differential Cost Analysis
(Only theory)..
MODULE 3: 10
Meaning and objectives of budgetary control-Types of budgets (Purchase budget,
production budget, sales budget and master budget). (Numerical problems only on
production and flexible budget).
Standard Costing: Meaning of standard costing and variance analysis and its comparison
with budgetary control (Numerical problems only on material and labour cost variances).
MODULE 4: 10
Meaning of Activity based costing and its comparison with traditional costing-Cost
drivers- Unit level, batch level, product level and facility level cost-Advantages and
disadvantages of ABC (Numerical problems on cost analysis under ABC).
MODULE 5: 10
Cost Audit-Meaning, objectives, and advantages-Management Audit- Meaning, objectives
and Scope-Management Reporting–Objectives and types of reporting-Requisites of a
good report- Segmental reporting. Cost Control-Meaning of cost control-cost control vs
cost reduction- Target Costing–Meaning and its objectives-Balanced Scorecard-Meaning,
objectives and features.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Management Accounting, Khan M. Y and Jain P. K, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. A Text book of Cost and Management Accounting, Arora M. N, 11th Edition, Vikas Publications.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Managerial Accounting, James Jiambalvo, 4nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Cost Accounting, Jawaharlal, & Seema Srivastava, 4th Edition, TMH .
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 Explain cost methods and techniques with their features, merits and demerits.
CO2 Demonstrate the application of cost sheet, marginal costing, budgetary control
techniques, Activity based costing etc. with numerical problems
CO3 Analyze the results after applying various costing methods and techniques.
CO4 Critically evaluate all traditional and non-traditional costing methods such as
absorption costing, marginal costing and activity based costing.
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - 3 - -
CO3 - 3 - - - -
CO4 - - - - - 3
Avg. 3 3 - 3 - 3
Semester IV
SEMESTER – IV
Technology in Business
Course Name Course Code : MTBBA401
Management
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
The course provides the students with a general overview of the Technology practiced in Business
management. The course focusing on introduction to MIS, kinds of information system, system analysis
and its models for application in different domains, infrastructure requirement for effective execution of
decision making with the help of technology.
1. To make students understand the concept of information technology importance in today’s corporate world.
2. To create awareness about various Applications and emerging technologies available and its usages for
excel the service in corporate sector.
3. To create awareness about role of MIS and its contributions to Corporate
4. To make students understand Role of Computers/Social science software contributions.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to MIS: Concepts, Roles, Impacts, MIS & its users, Components
of an IS, Management as Control systems, MIS support to Organization Effectiveness, MIS
for E- business Digital Firms – E-Commerce, E – Communication, E-Collaborations, Real
10
Time Enterprise, MIS: Strategic Business Planning, concept of Corporate planning,
Essentiality of strategic Planning, Balance Score card, Score Card & Dash Board, Security
Challenges in E- Enterprises, Impacts of Information Technology on society.
MODULE 2 :. Kinds of Information Systems: Transaction Processing System (TPS) - Office
Automation System (OAS) - Management Information System (MIS) - Decision Support
System (DSS) and Group Decision Support System (GDSS) - Expert System (ES) - Executive
Support System (EIS or ESS), Ethical Issues in Information systems.
10
System Analysis and Development and its models: Need for System Analysis - Stages in
System Analysis - Structured SAD and tools like DFD, Context Diagram Decision Table and
Structured Diagram. System Development Models: Water Flow, Prototype, Spiral, RAD –
Roles and responsibilities of System Analyst, Database Administrator and Database Designer.
MODULE 3: Application of MIS in Manufacturing and Service Sector: Introduction-
10
Personnel Management, Financial Management, Production Management, Raw Materials
Management, Marketing Management. Introduction to Service Sector, Creating a distinctive
service, MIS Applications in Airlines, Hotel, Hospital, Banking, Insurance.
MODULE 4: Information Technology Infrastructure: Introduction, data processing,
transaction processing, application Processing ,information system processing, TQM of IS,
introduction network, network topology, data communication, Data & Clint Service
Architecture RDBMS, Data Ware House, Introduction to E-business, models of E-business, 10
internet and World Wide Web (WWW), Intranet and extranet, Security in E-business, electronic
payment system, Impact of web on strategic management, web enabled business management,
MIS in web environment.
MODULE 5: Information Technology Infrastructure: Introduction, data processing,
transaction processing, application Processing ,information system processing, TQM of IS,
introduction network, network topology, data communication, Data & Clint Service
Architecture RDBMS, Data Ware House, Introduction to E-business, models of E-business, 10
internet and World Wide Web (WWW), Intranet and extranet, Security in E-business, electronic
payment system, Impact of web on strategic management, web enabled business management,
MIS in web environment.
• Identify any companies and write at least 2 pages of analysis report on how participations are benefited by
IT enabled E-business enterprises.
• Study the Application of AI in any one field and prepare a Report.
• Study the Application of IOT in any one field and prepare a Report.
Recommended Books:
1. “Management Information Systems”, Kenneth J Laudon, Jane P. Laudon, Pearson/PHI, 11/e, 2010.
2. “Management Information Systems”, W. S. Jawadekar, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 5/e, 2017.
3. Management Information Systems, S. Sadagopan, PHI, 1/e, 2005.
4. Introduction to Information System, James A. O’ Brien, Tata McGraw Hill, 12th Edition, 2007.
5. Management Information Systems, Iffy Oz, Thomson Course Technology, 3/e, 2003.
6. Management Information System, CSV Murthy, HPH, 3/e.
7. Corporate Information Strategy and Management, Lynda M Apple Gate, Robert D Austin etal, Tata
McGraw Hill, 7th Edition.
• https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec21_ge05/preview
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5JMkdGQCm4k
• https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105148/
• https://drive.google.com/file/d/16WQO04CNTgv0D236HTnEmrmF1DLx1MGW/view
• https://freevideolectures.com/course/2687/management-information-system
• https://www.academia.edu/33858287/LECTURE_NOTES_on_Management_Information
_Systems
• https://ebooks.lpude.in/management/mba/term_4/DMGT505_MANAGEMENT_INFORMATION_SYSTE
M.pdf
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/management-information-systems-e19716384.html

CO1 Understand the importance of Information technology for business.
CO2 Apply insights into technology and investigate its impact on Business
CO3 Analyze various Measures of Technology available in corporate world.
CO4 Evaluate how creativity and innovative Technologies help to find a solution to problems.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - 3 - 3 -
CO4 - - - 3 - 2
AVG 3 3 3 3 3 2
SEMESTER – IV
Entrepreneurship MEDBA4
Development 02
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:

• To develop and strengthen entrepreneurial qualities and motivation among students.
• To impart basic entrepreneurial skills and understandings to run a business efficiently and effectively.
• To provide insights to students on entrepreneurship opportunities, sources of funding and institutions
supporting entrepreneurs.
• To make students understand the ways of starting a company of their own.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Entrepreneur & Entrepreneurship: Meaning of entrepreneur -
Evolution of the concept - Functions of an Entrepreneur - Types of Entrepreneurs - Intrapreneur-
an emerging class - Concept of Entrepreneurship -Entrepreneurial Culture - Stages in
08
entrepreneurial process. Creativity and Innovation: The role of creativity , The innovation Process
, Sources of New Ideas, Methods of Generating Ideas , Creative Problem Solving , Entrepreneurial
Process.
MODULE 2 : Developing Business Model: Importance of Business Model , Starting a small-scale
industry - Components of an Effective Business Model, Osterwalder Business Model Canvas.
Business Planning Process: Meaning of business plan - Business plan process - Advantages of
10
business planning - Final Project Report with Feasibility Study - preparing a model project report
for starting a new venture.
Lab Component and assignment: Designing a Business Model Canvas
MODULE 3: Managing and Growing New Venture: Preparing for the new venture launch - early
management decisions, Managing early growth of the new venture- new venture expansion
strategies and issues. Getting Financing or Funding for the New Venture: Estimating the financial
needs of a new venture and preparation of a financial plan, Sources of Personal Financing,
10
Preparing to Raise Debt or Equity Financing, Business Angels, Venture Capital, Initial Public
Offering, Commercial Banks, Other Sources of Debt Financing, Leasing. Forms of business
organization: Sole Proprietorship, Partnership , Limited liability partnership - Joint Stock
Companies and Cooperatives.
MODULE 4: Entrepreneurship Development and Government: Role of Central Government
10
and State Government in promoting Entrepreneurship - Introduction to various incentives,
subsidies and grants - Export Oriented Units - Fiscal and Tax concessions available- Start Up India
scheme. Women Entrepreneurs, Reasons for low women Entrepreneurs, Prospects for Women
Entrepreneurs, Strategies to motivate entrepreneurship amongst women. Institutions supporting
Entrepreneurs: A brief overview of financial institutions in India - SIDBI - NABARD - IDBI -
SIDCO - Indian Institute of Entrepreneurship - DIC - Single Window – Latest Industrial Policy of
Government of India.
MODULE 5: Process of Company Incorporation; process of registration of a private limited
company, a public limited company, a partnership; Characteristics of a limited liability partnership;
Patents, Copyright - Trademark- Geographical indications , Ethical and social responsibility and
12
challenges. Emerging Trends in Entrepreneurship Development; Digital Entrepreneurship ,
meaning, scope and opportunities. Social Entrepreneur , Meaning of Social Entrepreneur,
Supporting and Evaluating Social Entrepreneurship in India.
• Make a business plan for your intended business, talk to bankers to find out what they look for in a
business plan, modify accordingly and present it in the class.
• Discuss the characteristics and strategies adopted by new age modern entrepreneurs/ Unicorns/startups who
changed the market scenario with their innovations (minimum 5 entrepreneurs)
• Analyse the performance of listed family firms. How is their performance compared to the performance of
other firms? Does a family firm successfully manage to create wealth for nonfamily investors?
• Interview a local entrepreneur to find out his/her major motivations to start a business, which of the skills
and characteristics do you find in the entrepreneur?
• Study a local for-profit business and try to list out the positive social impact of the business.
• Visit a trade show and try to compare the marketing activities of various stalls in that show, make a list of
good practices you come across in the show.
Recommended Books:
1.The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai, Himalaya Publishing
House, 2010.
2. Entrepreneurship, Donald F. Kuratko and Richard M. Hodgetts, South-Western, 2012.
3. Entrepreneurship Development, Gupta S.L., Arun Mittal, International Book House, 2012.
4. Management and Entrepreneurship Development, Sudha G. S, Indus Valley Publication, 2009
• https://youtu.be/rbmz5VEW90A
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CnStAWc7iOw
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RLQivEQUgUc

CO1 To know about the various business models and B-Plans across Business sectors
CO2 Able to understand the importance of marketing and different forms of businesses
CO3 Examine awareness about legal aspects and ways to protect the ideas.
CO4 ways of starting a business and to know how to foster their ideas.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
-CO3 - - 3 - 3 -
CO4 - - - 3 - 2
AVG 3 3 3 3 3 2
SEMESTER – IV
Logistics and Supply
Course Name Course Code : MMMBA413
Chain Management
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Logistics is concerned with both materials flow and information flow. While the materials flow from the supplier
to consumer, the information flows the other way round. It is not only concerned with inventory and resource
utilization; customer response also falls under the ambit of logistics. This course focus on understanding the
basic concepts, processes, key elements, warehouse, inventory management, transportation strategies, supply
chain efficiency optimization, international logistics and recent issues in logistics and supply chain management.
1. To understand the basic concepts, processes, scope and key elements of logistics & supply chain
management.
2. To comprehend the role of warehouse management & Inventory management for establishing
efficient and sustainable supply chains.
3. To understand the role of technology, issues in supply chain planning, visibility, and execution of
transportation and logistics management.
4. To provide insights into International Logistics and sourcing decisions.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Logistics Management: Meaning of Logistics, Definition
of Logistics, Objectives of Logistics, Types of Logistics, Need for Logistics Management,
Evolution of logistics toward Supply chain Management, Logistics Industry in India.
Introduction IT in SCM: Role of computer/ IT in supply chain management, 08
Benchmarkingconcept, features and implementation. Vendor Managed Inventory, CPFRP,
and Customer Service Logistics and Environment, Methods and tools facilitating
International Logistics, challenges,Integrated Supply Chain and Logistics.
MODULE 2: Introduction to Supply chain Concepts, significance and key challenges.
Scope of SCM-historical perspective, essential features, Drivers of SCM, decision phases–
process view, supply chain frame work, key issues in SCM and benefits. Managing
07
uncertainty in Supply Chain, (Bullwhip Effect), Impact of uncertainties, forecasting in
Supply Chain, Innovations in Supply Chain. Sourcing, Decisions in Global SCM,
Key issues in Global sourcing, Outsourcing. Network design.
MODULE 3: Strategic Logistic plan, Operating objectives of logistics planning, Flow 07
of logistics planning, Developing Logistic strategy, Logistics System Design and
Administration, logistic environment assessment, Pricing in logistics, Warehousing–
scope, primary functions. Efficient Warehouse Management System, Types of
Warehouses.
MODULE 4: Introduction to Inventory Concepts: various costs associated with
inventory, EOQ, buffer stock, lead time reduction, reorder point / re-order level fixation,
ABC analysis, SDE/VED Analysis. Goals, need, impact of inventory management on
08
business performance. Types of Inventory, Alternative approach for classification of
inventories, components of inventory decisions, inventory cost management, business
response to stock out, replenishment of inventory, material requirementsplanning.
MODULE 5: Introduction to Distribution Management: Designing the distribution
network, role of distribution, factors influencing distribution, design options, distribution
networks in practice. HUB & SPOKE V/S Distributed Warehouses. Mode of
10
transportation and criteria of decision. Transportation Infrastructure .Factors impacting
road transport cost, Packaging Issues in Transportation, role of containerization,
Hazards in transportation, State of Ocean Transport, global alliances.
• Students are expected to choose any four Indian Organizations and study their supply chain drivers
and submit a report.
• Students should visit different logistics companies and understand the services provided by them
and submit a report.
• Students should identify any product/service and study the type of distribution system used and
understand the reason for using that particular type and present it in the class.
• Students should identify the various types of IT applications employed by Indian Organizations in their
Supply chain.
Recommended Books:
1. A Logistic approach to Supply Chain Management, Coyle, Bardi, Longley, Cengage Learning,Latest
edition.
2. Supply Chain Management- Strategy, Planning and Operation, Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl,
D.V.Kalr, Pearson Latest edition.
3. Supply chain Logistics Management, Donald J Bowersox, Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Essentials of Supply Chain Management, Michael H, Hugos.
2. Logistics and Supply Chain, Martin Christopher, FT Publishing, 5th Edition.
3. Supply chain Logistics Management, Donald J Bowersox, Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition.
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awrx.GMrk_Niq2gI7Te7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzM
EdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660158891/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fwww.researchgat
e.net%2fpublication%2f270876147_Supply_Chain_Management_4th_edition/RK=2/RS=l5xJm6f
L0veF5TOaSQK.2R1Giqo-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awrx.GMrk_Niq2gI7je7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzQ
EdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660158891/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fwww.oracle.com
%2fwebfolder%2fs%2fassets%2febook%2fscm-complete-guide%2fpdf%2fscm-
guide.pdf/RK=2/RS=ztnJiPlSXhKgq3LJKrxxE5MspDo-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awrx.GMrk_Niq2gI7ze7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzU
EdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660158891/RO=10/RU=http%3a%2f%2ftrainingtancang.co
m%2fupload%2fnews%2febook-principles-of-supply-chain-management-
9010.pdf/RK=2/RS=Drwv0C_5itZTS4CPslKgOZLYxQM-
• www.proquest.com

CO1 Explain the concepts, characteristics & functions of logistics and supply chain management.
CO2 Apply the concepts and activities of the supply chain for efficient organization performance.
Analyze and interpret the role of technology, issues in logistics and supply chain
CO3
management.
Appraise the insights of domestic & international logistics and sourcing decisions to evaluate
CO4
effective supply chain management and its implementation.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - 2 - - -
CO4 - - - 3 - 2
AVG 3 3 2 3 - 2
SEMESTER – IV
Digital Marketing and
Course Name Social Media Course Code : MMMBA414
Management
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
With the rapid shift of advertising dollars away from traditional media to online platforms, it is becoming
increasingly important for students to be well-versed in digital marketing & analytics fundamentals. The course
enhancing the knowledge on understanding structure of e-commerce environment, concepts and theories in
practice. It focused on the knowledge of research process, metrics & data analytics, marketing strategies, latest
electronic social media for designing marketing activities, and social media marketing strategies.
1. To understand the important concepts related to digital marketing.
2. To learn the usage of different electronic media such as display advertising and search engine
advertising for designing marketing activities.
3. To acquaint the students with the latest techniques of e-marketing.
4. To know the mobile marketing and Search Engine optimization for enhancing the performance of organization.
Digital Marketing Overview: Concept of Digital Marketing, Traditional Vs Digital
Marketing, Understanding Digital Marketing Process, Digital Landscape. Digital
08
advertising Market in India. Skills required in Digital Marketing, Digital Marketing
Planning and Strategy.
MODULE 2: Display Advertising: Concept of Display Advertising, types of display ads,
buying models, display plan, Segmenting and customizing Messages, Targeting-
07
contextual targeting placement targeting, remarketing, interest categories, geographic and
language tagging. Programmatic digital advertising, The P-O-E-M Framework.
MODULE 3: Digital Advertising: Google Ad Words Overview; Understanding
AdWords Algorithm; Creating Search Campaigns; Understanding Ad Placement,
07
Understanding Ad Ranks, why Ad rank important, Google ads account, Enhance your Ad
campaign, Performance Report Display ads and its features, Types of display campaigns.
MODULE 4: Search Engine Optimization: How search engines work, concept of
search engine, optimization (SEO), On Page Optimization, Off Page Optimization, 08
Social media Reach, Maintenance- SEO tactics, Google Search Engine.
Emerging trends in Digital Marketing: Affiliate Marketing- Affiliate marketing
meaning and different ways to do affiliate marketing.
Email Marketing- Email marketing and process. Types of email marketing- Opt-in &
bulk emailing; Tricks to land in inbox instead of spam folder.
Module 5: Social Media Marketing-Concept of social media marketing,
Understanding Facebook marketing, LinkedIn Marketing, Twitter Marketing.
10
Content Marketing-Introduction to content marketing, Objective of content marketing,
Content marketing 7 step strategy building process.
• Students should create a digital marketing plan.
• Students should create a mobile advertising project.
• Students can conduct a survey on consumer who use Digital marketing to identify the pros and cons of
Digital marketing.
• Students must do comparative analysis of different digital marketing tools.
Recommended Books:
1. Digital Marketing, Seema Gupta, McGraw Hill Education, 2017
2. Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital by P. Kotler. Wiley Publication.
3. The Essentials of E-Marketing, 4th edition by Quirk Education (E-Book)
4. Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the Digital Generation, by
Damian Ryan and Calvin Jones. Kogan Page Publication, 3rd edition.
5. Digital Marketing Insights 2017, Social Beat Digital Marketing LLP, Kindle Edition.
6. Social Media for Business – Stories of Indian Brands, By Sorav Jain
7. Total E-mail Marketing: Maximizing your results from Integrated E-marketing (E-marketingessentials): Dave
Chaffey.
Reference Books:
1. Digital Marketing, Swaminathan T N, Karthik Kumar, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd, 2019
2. Social Media Marketing, Tracy L Tuten, Michael R, Solomon, SAGE, Second Edition
Digital Marketing, Ian Dodson, Wiley, 2016
• https://learninglink.oup.com/access/king-lawley3e-student-resources#tag_all-chapters
• https://openstax.org/details/books/organizational-behavior
• https://www.classcentral.com/course/introduction-organisational-behaviour-11892
CO1 Explain the appropriate concepts relevant to digital marketing.
Illustrate the use of search engine marketing, online advertising, and other models for
CO2
effective communication to the target customers
Analyze the social media strategies & create templates in digital marketing for
CO3
enhancing the performance in digital marketing industry.
Assess the mobile marketing and search engine optimization metrics for enhancing the
CO4
performance of organization.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - -
CO3 - - 2 - - -
CO4 - 3 - 3 - 2
AVG 3 3 2 3 - 2
SEMESTER – IV
Strategic Brand
Course Name Course Code : MMMBA455A
Management
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Branding help to establish a brand and promote its product in the marketplace. This subject is based on choosing
strategy for the brand’s growth and frequent updating of the strategy. This helps in developing the long-term
sustainability policy which makes a company to add-value to its products. It would make a student familiarize
the appeal and differentiation of brand by enhancing customer loyalty and retention.
1. To understand the importance of Brand Management in marketplace.
2. To equip with the process of brand elements and equity.
3. To understand the brand management in handling the brand equity and value chain.
4. To learn about the tactics and strategies involved by corporates in building a strong brand at the different levels of
market.

MODULE 1: Introduction: Meaning of Brand, Concepts, Evolution of Brands,
Functions of Brand to consumer, Role of Brand-Advantages of Brand, Product Vs
Brand. Branding- Meaning, Creation of Brands through goods, services, people,
Organization, Retail stores, places, online, entertainment, ideas, challenges to Brand 08
builders. Brand Management-Meaning & Definition. Strategic Brand Management
Process-Meaning, Steps in Brand Management Process, Strong
Indian Brands.
MODULE 2: Meaning, Model of CBBE: Brand Equity: Meaning, Sources, Steps in
Building Brands, Brand building blocks Resonance, Judgments, Feelings, performance,
imagery, salience-Brand Building Implications, David Aaker’s Brand Equity Model.
Brand Identity & Positioning: Meaning of Brand identity, Need for Identity &
07
Positioning, Dimensions of brand identity, Brand identity prism.
Brand positioning: Meaning, Point of parity & Point of difference, positioning
guidelines, Brand Value: Definition, Core Brand values, Brand mantras, Internal
branding.
MODULE 3: Meaning of Brand Knowledge: Dimensions of Brand Knowledge, 07
Meaning of Leveraging Secondary Brand Knowledge & Conceptualizing the
leverage process. Criteria for choosing brand elements, options & tactics for brand
elements-Brand name, Naming guidelines, Naming procedure, Awareness, Brand
Associations, Logos & Symbols & their benefits, Characters & Benefits, Slogans &
Benefits, Packaging. Leveraging Brand Knowledge.
MODULE 4: Brand hierarchy, Branding strategy, Brand extension and brand
transfer, Managing Brandsovertime. Brand Architecture and brand consolidation.
Brand Imitations: Meaning of Brand 08
Imitation, Kinds of imitations, Factors affecting Brand Imitation, Imitation Vs Later
market entry, First movers advantages, Free rider effects, Benefits for later entrants,
Imitation Strategies.
MODULE 5: Establishing brand Equity Management Systems. Methods for
measuring Brand Equity- Quantitative Techniques & Quantitative Techniques. Global
branding: Making Brands go Global: Geographic extension, sources of opportunities
for global brand, single name to global brand, consumers & globalization, conditions
10
favoring marketing, barriers to globalization, managerial blockages.Luxury Brand
Management: Luxury definition and relativity, luxury goods and luxury brands, basic
psychological phenomena associated with luxury purchase, luxury marketing mix,
luxury retail, international luxury markets: historical leaders and emerging countries.
• Go to a supermarket and find the brand elements in various brands of soaps, mobiles, jeans,and
other product.
• If you would start an MBA College, what would the positioning be with POP’s and POD’s?
• Pick up your college, analyse its positioning and how would you reposition it?
• Pick a multiproduct company and as completely as possible analyze its brand portfolio andbrand
extensions?
• Consider some groups like Tata’s , Birla’s, Infosys etc – what is their branding strategy.
• Students are supposed to assess the product life cycle and appraise alternative approaches toluxury
brand management.
• Students can select any two popular brands and identify and examine the criteria for success inthe luxury
brand industry.
Recommended Books:
1. Strategic Brand Management, Building Measuring & Managing, Kevin Lane Keller, Pearson
Education Latest Edition
2. Strategic Brand Management Jean, Noel, Kapferer Kogan Page India, Latest Edition
3. Brand Building and Advertising Concepts and Cases, M B ParameswaranTata McGraw HillPublication Latest
Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Brand Management – Chunnawalla, 1/e, HPH, 2003.
2. Strategic Brand Management- Richard Elliott & Larry Perclu, 1/e, Oxford Press.
Creating powerful brands – Chernatony, 1/e, Elsevier Publication
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKC.yumfNimPsGS9u7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9
zAzEEdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660160558/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2finfolear
ners.com%2febooks%2fstrategic-brand-management-keller-4th-edition-pdf-free-
download%2f/RK=2/RS=U5OgBIEUZ62VbrTFMU6vraNPfSU-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKC.yumfNimPsGTdu7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9
zAzIEdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660160558/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2finfolearn
ers.com%2febooks%2fstrategic-brand-management-kevin-lane-keller-
pdf%2f/RK=2/RS=sD1VpREzcn0kxS0pjjXk6qwLD8Y-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKC.yumfNimPsGVdu7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9
zAzMEdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660160558/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fsites.go
ogle.com%2fsite%2fonlineamazonbookdownload%2f-pdf-download-strategic-brand- management-
pdf-by-kevin-lane-keller/RK=2/RS=z1m_wwr1.oNfn.v1DhFqibGa90E-

Explain the basic concepts of branding and its functions to frame effective branding
CO1
strategies.
CO2 Critically apply the brand applications in strategic brand decision-making.
Analyze the various issues related to Brand Management and effectively communicate to
CO3
compete in the business
Select the effective brand strategies to build a strong brand at the national and global level of
CO4
business
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 2 2 - -
CO3 - - - - 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2
AVG 3 3 2 2 2 2
SEMESTER – IV
Integrated Marketing
Communication
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Communication plays an important role in any marketing activity. Communication in marketing focuses on
different aspects of informing the customers/target audience. This subject discusses about all types of
communication mix such as advertisements, direct marketing, internet marketing, sales promotion, personal
selling, publicity and public relations. The subject helps in analyzing the suitability of different
communication mix for different segments, products, different trends, needs, wants and so on which helps in
understanding and promoting the products and services according to the requirements of customers.
1. To build a comprehensive framework for integrated marketing communications.
2. To study the advertising, publicity, personal selling, direct marketing and sales promotion.
3. To study the importance of media planning and strategy in enhancing the efficiency of
communication.
4. To enhance knowledge of emerging trends in integrated marketing communications.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Integrated Marketing Communication: Role of IMC in marketing
process, IMC planning model,Marketing and promotion Process model.
Communication Process, steps involved in developing IMC programme, Effectiveness of
08
marketingcommunications
Advertising: Purpose, Role, Functions, Types, Advertising Vs Marketing mix,
Advertising appeal invarious stages of PLC
MODULE 2:
Advertising Agency: Type of agencies, Services offered by various agencies, Advertising
07
objectives and Budgeting: Goal setting – DAGMAR approach, various budgeting methods
used.
MODULE 3:
Media planning: Developing Media plan, Problems encountered, Media Evaluation Print,
Broadcast media, Support media in advertising. Media strategy: Creativity, Elements 07
of creative strategies and its implementation, Importance of Headline and body copy.
MODULE 4:
08
Direct Marketing: Features, Functions, Growth, Advantages/Disadvantages and Direct
Marketing Strategies. Promotion: Meaning, Importance,tools used,
Conventional/unconventional, drawbacks, push pull strategies Integration
with advertising and publicity Public relation/ Publicity:- Meaning, Objectives, tools of
public relations, Public relation strategies, Goals of publicity, Corporate Advertising – Role,
Types, Limitations, PR Vs Publicity.
MODULE 5:
Monitoring, Evaluation and control: Measurement in advertising, various methods used 10
for evaluation, Pre-testing, Post testing.
• Explain the role of IMC in the overall marketing &Use effectiveness measures to evaluate
IMC strategies.
• Prepare advertising copy and design other basic IMC tools.
• Study the role of newspapers, radio, television, billboards, internet and other media in the marketing
of mobiles, cold drinks, jeans, mobiles etc.
• Take an advertisement introducing a new product like soap, biscuit etc and find the media in which it
was advertised. Ask your friends if they can recall this advertisement and the message. Analyze if they
would or would not buy the product on the basis of this advertisement? And why?
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Advertising & Integrated Brand Promotion - O’Guinn, Allen, Semenik, Cenage Learning.
2. Advertising and Promotions IMC Perspectives: Belch and Belch, 9/e, Tata McGraw Hill,2012.
3. Integrated Advertising, Promotion, and Marketing Communications, Clow, Baack, 3/e,Pearson
Education, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Foundations of Advertising, Chynawalla & Sethia, HPH, 2007.
2. Advertising management - Rajeev Batra, John G Myers & Aaker, 5/e, PHI, 2007.
3. Event marketing and management- Sanjaya Singh, Vikas Publication, 2003.
4. Advertising Basics, Vilanilam, Varghese, Response BOOKS, 2007.
5. Advertising, Sangeeta Sharma &Raghuvir Singh, PHI, 2006.
1. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/46966230_Advertising_and_Promotion_An_Integrat
ed_Marketing_Communication_Perspective
2. https://bestdigitalagency.in/best-advertising-agencies-in-bangalore/
3. https://www.marketingevolution.com/marketing-essentials/media-planning
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-WXxxR-Ry3E
5. http://www.gurukpo.com
Explain the theoretical knowledge and comprehensive framework of all integrated marketing
CO1
communications tools applied in marketing.
Apply the various marketing communications tools in various aspects of managerial decision making
CO2
of promotional activities
Analyze the integrated marketing communications plan and media mix ethically and frame
CO3
promotional strategies.
Select the best strategy to effectively communicate and serve the customers in achieving the
CO4
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - - - 2
CO4 - - - 3 3 -
AVG 3 3 - 3 3 2
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name Rural Marketing Course Code : MMMBA456A
: 04 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 4:0:0 CREDITS : 04
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Rural markets are gaining importance in emerging economies. Many businesses are involved in the marketing
of various products in the rural areas of India and elsewhere. The main objective of this course is to develop a
strong foundation of applied knowledge, concepts, approaches and
analytical skills in the students for successful marketing of products and services to rural consumers.
1. To provide a conceptual understanding on the Rural Marketing with special reference to Indian context.
2. To acquaint the students with the characteristics of rural consumer behavior.
3. To create awareness about the applicability of the concepts, techniques and processes of marketing in
rural context.
4. To familiarize with the issues and marketing strategies to improve sales in rural markets.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Rural Markets: Definition, Concept, Nature, Size and
Scope of Indian Rural markets, Rural Demand, Buying Characteristics, Rural Market
Structure: Demographic, Physical, Economic Environment. Rural Infrastructural Facilities
– Warehousing, Cold Storage, Logistics.Indian Rural Market: Profile, Rural Vs Urban
08
Market, Importance of Branding, Problems of Rural Consumers: Adulteration, Short
Weight and Measures, Unfair Warranties and Guarantees, Unreasonable Pricing,
Challenges and Future of Rural Marketing. Changing Role of Rural Sector in India; Rural
Income and Demand, Problems in Marketing of agricultural inputs in Rural India.
MODULE 2: Understanding the Rural Consumer: Rural Community in India. Profile
of Rural markets: Segmenting the Rural Market, Target and Positioning, Rural Consumer
07
Behavior, Rural Buyer Characteristics, Consumer Buying Decision Process, Factors
Affecting Consumer Behavior –Cultural,Social, Technological, Economic and Political.
MODULE 3: Marketing Mix in Rural Markets: Product: Significance, Concept and
Product Mix Decisions, Pricing Strategy: Objectives, Policies and Strategies,
07
Promotion: Advertising, Sales Promotions Communication in Rural marketing,
language and Culture Distribution Strategies, Channels of Distribution, Role of Co-
operative, Government, Financial Institutions, Public Sector Undertakings, Regulated
Markets and Public Distribution Systems.
MODULE 4: Innovation in Rural Markets: Significance of innovation in rural markets,
The intervention of IT in Rural Markets: Importance and Initiatives, The emergence of
08
Organized retailing in Rural India, Key Drivers of Organized Retail, Cases in organized
retail: Operative Models adopted by Indian Companies.
MODULE 5: Initiatives of Rural Marketing: Improvement measures taken by the
Government –Initiatives by Co-operative and Private Sector, Present Scenario-Rural
Female Empowerment, Micro Financing, Mobility in Emerging Markets, Growing Rural
Tourism. E- Commerce: Importance of E-Commerce and Impact of E-Marketing on rural 10
consumers, Concept of Digital Village, Role of Social Media in rural marketing.
Information Technology: Impact of IT in Agricultural Marketing, E Chaupal, Project
Shakti, Web-casting-online training and guidance to farmers.
• Visit to the various Micro Finance Institutes, who extend their services in catering rural market.
• Visit to a village and understand the market structure and its functioning part of the rural markets.
• Students should come up with new product designing with the rural marketing mix 4 As
(Awareness, Acceptability, Adaptability and Affordability).
Students can do a survey on corporate farming and its effect on income of the rural
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Rural Marketing - Dogra & Karminder Ghuman, 1/e, TMH-2010.
2. Rural Marketing - Pradeep Kashyap& Siddhartha Raut, Biztantra-2005.
3. Rural Marketing - Gopal Swamy T. P, 3/e, Vikas Publishing House.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Rural Marketing - Sanal Kumar Velayudhan, 2/e, Response Publication, 2007.
2. Agricultural Marketing in India – Acharya, Oxford I B H.
• https://youtu.be/Hguauxu_0bM
• https://youtu.be/d8-k2LbP-y4
• https://youtu.be/WttNQtX5cyA
• https://youtu.be/OpU33j9wVss
• https://youtu.be/jpqZb0ZhA2s
• https://youtu.be/5sDNYnhbq9A

CO1 Explain the basic concepts of rural market to frame effective rural marketing strategies.
CO2 Apply critical thinking in deciding the behavior of rural consumer to select future course of action.
Analyze the challenges and opportunities in the field of rural marketing based on ethical,social,
CO3 cultural and environment which have implication on business.
Select the best future course of action to effectively communicate and serve rural market for the
CO4 achievement of organizational goals
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - 3
CO4 - - - - 2 -
AVG 3 3 - 3 2 3
SEMESTER – IV
Marketing for Tourism
and Hospitality
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course incorporates the rudiments of tourism management. The course uses an integrative approach of
marketing decisions in both tourism and hospitality management. Students would
analyze future situation, make proper decisions based on developments required in the field of tourism and
hospitality marketing.
1. To make students understand the tourism and hospitality marketing management theories,
process and design.
2. To know the emerging concepts of hotel and tourism sector.
3. To understand the different types of hotels prevailing in the market
4. To acquaint the students with the available opportunities and strategies in hotel and tourism industry.
MODULE 1:
Introduction to Tourism and Hospitality Management: Definition, nature,
08
objectives, important components & understanding tourism and travel, concepts of
hospitality.
MODULE 2: Tourism Industry – Nature and characteristics, Types of tourism, types of
07
tourists, components of tourism industry. Emerging sectors of tourism
MODULE 3: Basic concepts of Hotel Management – Types of Hotels, Hotel
categorization, Difference between group & chains of Hotels, Ownership & 07
Management, Franchising and Marketing of staff
MODULE 4: Hotel Organization - Organization of Hotels, Staff Organization, Staff
08
functions & roles, department heads, Job specification & job description of staff.
MODULE 5: Developing Tourism and Hospitality Marketing Opportunities and
strategies: Consumer Markets and consumer Buying Behavior, Market segmentation, 10
Targeting and positioning.
• Students need to visit the different star hotels in Mysore and make a comparative study.
• Students need to visit a tourist spot within the city and study the facilities provide to the tourist.
• A study has to be made in understanding the employee/staff at hotels and their role inserving the
customer.(Role of employees)
Recommended Books:
1. Marketing for Hospitality and Tourism, Philip Kotler, John T Bowen, James C Makens, 5/e,
Pearson
2. Basis of Tourism Management: Suddhendu Narayan Misra, Sapna kumar, Excel publications
Reference Books:
1. Dennis L. Foster, VIP: An Introduction to Hospitality, Mc Graw- Hill International, 2007
2. Michael L. Kasvana & Richard M. Brooks, Managing Front Office Operations,EIAH&LA,2006
• https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec19_mg29/preview
• https://youtu.be/HGyEd3IsBQQ

CO1 Explain the theoretical concepts of tourism and hospitality marketing.
Apply critical thinking in identifying the opportunities existing in tourism and hotel
CO2
management .
Analyze the environmental implications and business practices of tourism and
CO3
hospitality management.
Select future course of action for tourism and hotels by effective communication to achieve
CO4
the organizational goals.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - - - - 3 -
AVG 3 3 - 3 3 -
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name: Managing International Workforce Course Code: MHRBA413
No. of Lecture Hours / Week: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Total No. of Lecture + Tutorial / Practical Hours: 40 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs.
L: T:P: 3-0-0 CREDITS: 3
COURSE OVERVIEW: This course on Global Workforce Management provides a comprehensive
understanding of the strategies, challenges, and practices involved in managing a diverse and
international workforce. The course is designed to equip students with the knowledge and skills
needed to effectively navigate the complexities of global human resources management.
1. Gain insights into the global market context and the internal and external factors that influence
workforce management decisions.
2. Understand the factors affecting job design, long-term HR planning and Global Staffing
Decisions. Grasp the role of training and development in the global marketplace.
3. Acquire skills in preparing, managing, and repatriating expatriates. Understand the different
forms of international assignments and their considerations, including inpatriates.
4. Delve into current employee relations (ER) issues in a global context. The student will be able
to learn about effective MNC practices for global ER and the role of labor unions. Explore the
fundamental compensation and Performance Management practices on a global scale.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction and Overview: Global Market Context, Factors influencing 8
Global Workforce Management-Internal and External, Key perspectives in Global
Workforce Management, Ongoing Challenges in Convergence versus Divergence,
Changes and challenges in the Global Labor Market, Global Workforce Management
Challenges.
MODULE 2: Global HR Planning: Decisions about work demand and labor supply, Job
design for meeting Global Strategy Work Demand-Primary factors affecting global 8
work design, Global Staffing: Key factors affecting global staffing, Situational factors
influencing staffing decisions, Global Recruitment of HR, Global recruitment
methods-Internal& External, Global selection of Human Resources-Selecting
employees for Foreign Assignments-Methods of selecting.
MODULE 3: Global Workforce T&D: Strategies role of T & D in the Global 8
Marketplace-Fundamentals concepts and principals for guiding Global Training and
Development-System Approach, Expatriate Training Consideration, Special Training
Considerations for Female expatriates.
MODULE 4: Managing International Assignments: Expatriate Preparation, Foreign
Assignment and Repatriation, International Assignment considerations for special 8
expatriates, Inpatriates, Different forms of International Assignment.
MODULE 5: Global Workforce Performance Management: Performance Management 8

Process, Performance Appraisal for Expatriates, Inpatriates and TCN, Important
Considerations for Global Performance Management.
Compensation for Global Workforce: Managing Compensation on a Global Scale-
Fundamental Practices, Key compensation considerations for expatriates, HCN, TCN.
Global Employee Relations: Current ER issues, Influence of MNCs and unions on
Global HR, MNC practices for effective Global ER, Role of Labor Unions in Global
Employee Relations.
• Case Study on MNC staffing and Selection practices and local anti-discrimination laws
• Study Indian and US legal aspects involved when deploying an employee on an International
Assignment.
• Study and compare Performance Appraisal, Compensation Management, and Training
practices in various countries.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Managing a global workforce : challenges and opportunities in international human Resource
management / by Charles M. Vance and Yongsun Paik.—Th ird edition.
2. Dowling, P. J., & Donnelly, N. (2013). Managing people in global markets — The Asia Pacific
perspective. Journal of World Business, 48(2), 171-174.
3. "Global Dexterity: How to Adapt Your Behavior Across Cultures without Losing Yourself in the
Process" by Andy Molinsky
4. "The New Global HR Leader: Strategies for the Global Business Environment" by Vishal Agarwal
and Nelson Phillips
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. "Global HRM: Human Resource Management in the 21st Century" by Dirk Buyens, Hugh
Scullion, and David G. Collings
2. "International Human Resource Management" by Peter Dowling, Marion Festing, and Allen
Engle
3. "Global HR Competencies: Mastering Competitive Value from the Outside-In" by Dave Ulrich,
Wayne Brockbank, Dani Johnson, and Jon Younger
CO1 Describe the factors that influence global workforce management decisions.
CO2 Applying the knowledge of various international assignments, including preparation,
support, and repatriation. And demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of global
workforce management principles and practices.
CO3 Analyze the concepts of performance management processes and compensation
Management to expatriates, inpatriates, and TCNs.
CO4 Assess the effect of global employee relations and effective strategies for MNCs.
CO-PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - 2 -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - 2
CO4 - - - - -
Avg. 3 3 - 3 2 2
SEMESTER – IV
: Strategic Talent Course
Course Name MHRBA414
Management Code:
No. of Lecture Hours /
: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 00 SEE Marks: 50
Hours / Week
Total No. of Lecture + SEE
: 40 03 Hrs.
Tutorial / Practical Hours Duration:
L: T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS: 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course highlights the importance of talent management in organization. It covers talent planning
process followed in organizations. Students will be able to learn the strategies used by organizations to
attract and retain talent in the organization. The subject covers fundamental concepts related to
concept mapping, various measurements for performance, assessment centers and development
centers
1. To make the students realize the challenges of acquisition and retention of talents for the competitive
advantage of the organization.
2. To develop a conceptual understanding of the management of talents in the competitive environment.
3. To understand how important is to develop and retain the best talents in the industry.
4. To understand the concepts of competency and its usage in evaluating a person’s work.
5. To get an idea about different tools in identifying required competencies in a person.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
Module 1: Basics of Talent Management: Talent- engine of new economy, difference
between talents and knowledge workers, leveraging talent, the talent value chain,
elements of talent friendly organizations, talent management process, Talent
Management System – Components and benefits of Talent Management System;
8
creating TMS, challenges of TMS, Building blocks of talents management:
competencies – performance management, conducting performance reviews,
Appraising executive talent, selecting the right appraisal.
Module 2: Talent Planning – Concept, succession management process, Integrating

succession planning and career planning, designing succession planning program,
strategic accountability approach in developing the workforce, balanced scorecard,
talent development budget, contingency plan for talent; building a reservoir of talent, 8
compensation management within the context of talent management, CEO
Succession planning.
Module 3: Developing and Retaining Talent – Potential identification and
development, coaching for sustained &desired change, integrating coaching, training
and development with talent management, employee retention- motivation and 8
engagement, Return on talent; age of analytics, making outplacement as a part of talent
strategy, developing talent management information system
Module 4: Competency Mapping: Concepts and definition of competency; types of
competencies, competency-based HR systems, competency, and performance, 5 level
8
competency model, developing various competency models, how competencies relate
to career development and organizational goals.
Module 5: Methodology of Competency mapping: Competency model development,
competency models, people capability maturity model ,developing competency
framework, , competency profiling , competency mapping tools , use of psychological 8
testing in competency mapping , competency based interviewing.
Practical Components
1. Students are expected to conduct a study on how talents are acquired and retained – in various
industries – and various strategies followed by the respective companies.
2. Discussion on “How to have/ evaluate the performance of the MBA students”. • Ask the students to
find out the best employer surveys conducted during the past one year and make a presentation.
3. Identify the important positions in your college or any other organization and ascertain the measures
if any taken to develop second line of leadership.
4. Ask the students to collect data about the position of principal, director, and other teachers in your
college and prepare a competency dictionary for the said positions.
5. Presentation by students about the competency directory profiling of various positions.
6. Ask the students to role play the behavioral event interview to collect data for competency mapping
for the position of management professor.
Recommended Books:
1. Talent Management – Gowri Joshi, Veena Vohra, Cengage Learning, 2018.
2. The Talent Management Hand Book – Lance A. Berger & Dorothy R. Berger, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Competence at work – Lyle M. Spencer, Signe M. Spencer. John Wiley, 1993.
4. A Handbook of Competency Mapping – Seema Sangi, Response BOOKS, 2004

Explain knowledge and the various challenges of acquisition and retention of talents for
CO1
competitive advantage of the organization.
CO2 Examine the insights to develop and retain best talents in the industry.
CO3 Analyze the concepts of competency and its usage in evaluating a person’s work.
CO4 Apprise the knowledge and identify the competencies
CO – PO
Course PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 2 - - - -
CO3 - 2 - 2 - -
CO4 3 - - - - -
CO 3 2 - 2 - -
SEMESTER – IV
: Personal Growth and
Course Name Course Code: MHRBA455A
Interpersonal Effectiveness
: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 00 SEE Marks: 50
Hours / Week
Tutorial / Practical : 40 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs.
Hours
L: T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS: 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
The course speaks about understanding we as individuals and pours light about an individual’s
interpersonal effectiveness. It also gives insights into the concepts of self-awareness and self-esteem.
It speaks about Sigmund Freud’s Ego states- Id, ego, and superego, and through defense mechanism,
it explains how to balance id state and superego and lead a successful life. The course also deals with
personal change and what are the requisites for personal change. It also gives insights on habits of
highly effective people. The course deals with what is creativity and innovation. It tells what
creativity process is and what tools are available for creativity. It also tells the importance of the NLP
program. It helps students to discover the interpersonal orientation through FIRO-B.
1. The student will be able to apply and improve workplace effectiveness through various personal growth
and interpersonal effectiveness practices.
2. The student will be able to classify and categorize different personal growth and inter-personal practices
and to be followed in the organization.
3. The student will be able to create and reconstruct Leadership required to manage the Human Resources
in the organization.
4. The student will be able to appraise and judge the practical applicability of various personal growth and
Interpersonal practices to be followed in the Organization.
TEACHING
MODULES HOURS
MODULE 1:
Dynamics of Personal Growth: Self-awareness and self-esteem, life roles, social roles and
organizational roles, role clarity, and role boundaries. Ego states- Id, ego, and superego and 8
defense mechanism. Developing a self-improvement plan.
MODULE 2:
Interpersonal Trust: Openness, confidentiality, blind-spot, and unknown part of the personality.
Self-disclosure, seeking feedback, self-reflection, and practicing new behaviors. Discovering facets 8
of interpersonal trust through Johari Window.
MODULE 3:
Understanding Human Personality and Neuro Functioning: Personality theories, Carl Jung's
theory of personality types and Myers Briggs Type Indicator test (MBTI), Trait theories- Guilford 8
Peogut, PF 16 and Type A and B, Emotional intelligence. Basic functions of mind: Creativity and
innovation. Blocks to creativity. Creativity processes and tools- convergent and divergent thinking.
Six Thinking Hats, Neuro-Linguistic Programming.
MODULE 4:
Attitudes, Beliefs, Values, and their impact on Behavior: Personal change meaning, nature,
and requisites. Social adjustments and habit formation. Locus of control. Habits of personal 8
effectiveness. Seven habits of highly effective people.
MODULE 5:
Interpersonal relations and personal growth: Interpersonal needs for openness, inclusion,
and control. Discovering the interpersonal orientation through FIRO-B. Conflict resolution and
negotiation, time management and honoring the commitments 8
• Students are expected to conduct an in-depth study of various personality traits & TA and submit a detailed
report.
• Students must undergo psychometric test like MBTI, FIRO-B, Big Five, etc., conduct a SWOT analysis and
prepare a personal growth plan based on the results.
• Ask the individual students to seek multisource feedback about their interpersonal effectiveness from peers,
teachers, and parents; understand and reflect the feedback and prepare a development plan for interpersonal
effectiveness.
• Discuss a Johari Window case in the class to identify how it can help each student to promote his/ her personal
growth. 5. Organize a workshop on MBTI for the students to know their type and to understand the type
dynamics.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Organizational Behaviour: Human Behavior at work John W. Newstrom and Keith Davis Tata McGraw Hill
11/e, 2003.
2. Human Relations in organization’s Robert N. Lussier Mc- Graw Hill Education 6/e
3. Development of Management Skills Whetten & Cameron PHI 7/e
4. Competency Mapping Assessment and Growth Naik G. P IIHRM 2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Understanding OB Udai Pareek Oxford University Press.
2. Theories of Personality Calvin S Hall Wiley India Pvt. Ltd 4/e.
3. Seven habits of highly effective people, Stephen R Covey Pocket Books.
4. Training in interpersonal Skills Stephen Robbins Pearson Education.

CO1 Define conceptual knowledge of different theories that promote personal growth.
Execute the concepts of human personality, behavior, and functioning of mind for intra, interpersonal
CO2
effectiveness required to become value-based leader
Analyze the psychometrics tests in understanding the personality traits required for individual
CO3
development and effective teams
CO4 Determine a greater insight of self, and others through various theories and prepare the
developmental plan to become socially responsible individual
CO-PO Matrix
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - 3 - -
CO3 - 2 - 3 - -
CO4 - - - 3 3
C0 3 2 3 3 3 3
Mapping 3-High, 2-Medium, and 1-Low
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name: Conflict Management and Negotiation Course Code: MHRBA455B

Techniques
Total No. of Lecture + Tutorial / Practical Hours: 40 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs.

COURSE OVERVIEW:
Conflict is an inevitable part of human interaction, and effective conflict management and negotiation
skills are essential for success in various professional settings. This comprehensive course aims to
equip participants with a deep understanding of conflict dynamics, practical conflict resolution
strategies, and effective negotiation techniques. Participants will explore the different facets of
conflict, ranging from its types and sources to the impact on team performance. They will learn how
to manage conflicts within teams and organizations, employ negotiation as a tool for resolution, and
handle challenging negotiation scenarios. By the end of the course, participants will possess a robust
skill set to navigate conflicts and negotiations successfully.
1. Understand the fundamental components, types, and perspectives of conflict.
2. Identify and analyze various levels and sources of conflict in interpersonal, group, and
organizational contexts.
3. Assess the costs associated with workplace conflict and propose strategies for cost-effective
resolution.
4. Utilize effective conflict management techniques to address team and organizational conflict.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1:
Introduction: Understanding conflict, components, perspectives of conflict, types of
conflict, models of conflict – Process and Structural Models, functional & dysfunctional 8
conflict, relationship between conflict and performance in team, levels of conflict –
intrapersonal, interpersonal, group & organizational conflicts, sources of conflict -
intrapersonal, interpersonal, group & organizational sources.
MODULE 2:
Conflict Management Design: Nature of conflict Management, contingency approach,
conflict management process, the conflict domain, conflict trends, conflict distribution, 8
conflict mapping and tracking.
Managing team & organization conflict: techniques to resolve team conflict, strategies
to resolve organizational conflict, effective listening and dialogue skills, humor and
conflict resolution, negotiation as a tool for conflict resolution.
MODULE 3: Conflict resolution and Cost: Conflict resolution models, framework model,
classical ideas, new developments in conflict resolution. Environmental conflict 8
resolution, gender and conflict resolution. Assessing the cost of workplace conflict.
MODULE 4: Negotiations/Negotiation strategies -Types of Negotiations, negotiation

process, factors for successful negotiations, essential skills for negotiation, tricks used in
negotiation process, psychological advantage of negotiations, Techniques of negotiation, 8
issues in negotiations.
Negotiation strategies: Strategy and tactics for distributive bargaining, strategy and
tactics for integrative negotiation, negotiation strategy and planning. Finding and using
negotiation power, sources of power, Ethics in negotiation
MODULE 5: Managing difficult negotiations: Third party approaches: Third party

interventions, formal intervention methods – Arbitration, Mediation and Process
Consultation, Informal intervention methods, best practices in negotiation. 8
• Interactive lectures and discussions on conflict theory, management strategies, and negotiation
techniques.
• Case studies and real-life scenarios to analyze conflict situations and negotiation dynamics.
• Role plays and simulations to practice conflict resolution and negotiation strategies.
• Analysis of negotiation tactics and strategies through hands-on exercises.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Concepts and Skills, Eirene Leela Rout, Nelson Omiko, Prentice India, 2007.
2. Negotiations, Roy J. Lewicki, David M. Saunders, Bruce Barry, 5/e, Mc Graw Hill, 2005, ISBN:
9780072973075.
3. Contemporary Conflict Resolution, Oliver Ramsbotham, Hugh Miall, Tom Woodhouse, 3rd edition,
Polity publishers, ISBN 0745649734, 9780745649733, 2011.
4. Managing conflict and negotiation, B.D. Singh, 1st edition, Excel books, 2008.
5. Conflict Management: Practical guide to develop negotiation strategies, Barbara A Budjac Corvette,
Pearson Prentice Hall, 2006, ISBN: 8174466428, 9788174466426
6. Managing Conflict in Organizations, M. Afzalur Rahim, 4th Edition, Transaction Publishers, 2011,
ISBN 1412844258, 9781412844253
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. "Negotiation: Processes for Problem Solving" by Roy J. Lewicki, Bruce Barry, and David M.
Saunders
2. "The Handbook of Conflict Resolution: Theory and Practice" edited by Morton Deutsch and Peter
T. Coleman
3. "Managing Conflict Through Communication" by Dudley D. Cahn and Ruth Anna Abigail
CO1 Developed a strong foundational knowledge of conflict management theories and negotiation
strategies.
CO2 Demonstrated proficiency in employing humor and dialogue as tools for conflict resolution.
CO3 Analyze and strategize negotiations for both distributive and integrative scenarios.
CO4 Assess how the conflict resolution and negotiation abilities, contributing to professional
growth and success.
CO-PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - 2 - - 2
CO3 - 3 - - - -
CO4 - - - 2 2 -
Avg. 3 3 2 2 2 2
Mapping 3-High, 2-Medium and
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name : Competency Management Course Code: MHRBA456A

: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
No. of Tutorial /
: 00 SEE Marks: 50
Tutorial / Practical : 40 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs.
Hours
L: T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS: 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: COURSE OVERVIEW: Understand the fundamentals of competency,
management and experience the process of competency mapping. Helps the students to learn the art
of customization and institutionalization. They will have the aware of the implementation pre-
requisites and strategies and understand integration of competency profiling to other HR applications.
1. To make the students realize the challenges of competency identification process.
2. To develop a conceptual understanding of the competency management in the competitive
environment.
3. To understand how important is to develop the competencies for employees to compete in the
industry.
4. To understand the concepts of competency and its usage in evaluating a person’s work.
5. To get an idea about different tools in identifying required competencies in a person.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
Module 1: Introduction: Concept and definition of Role and competency, ,
Competency versus competence, Performance versus competency; skills versus
competency, behavior indicators, Types of competencies – generic/specific,
threshold/performance, and differentiating and technical, managerial and human; 8
Why to promote a competency culture, Context and Relevance of competencies in
modern organizations. Competencies Applications
Module 2: Competency management framework/competency model: Macro

View of Competency management framework: strategic framework Lancaster Model
of managerial competencies, competency modeling framework – developing a
competency model – Understanding job positions, Data collection instruments for job
8
descriptions, Preparation of job descriptions, Stages in design and implementation of
competency model – General competency framework, competency identification –
Competency assessment and competency development , competency mapping,
integration of HR function.
Module 3: Design and Implementation of competency model: Introduction to
Core competencies (Organization wide), Business competencies (SBU specific), Team
Competencies (project driven), Role competencies (Role wise); Competency
identification Consolidation of checklist, Rank Order and finalization, Validation, and 8
Benchmark; Competency assessment – 360 degrees and psychometric tools;
competency development – maturity framework and matrix, areas of improvement,
and action plan;.
Module 4 Competency assessment: Identification of Role competencies, elemental
competencies, assessment center, what do the assessment centers assess? Design of
assessment center, Use of psychometric testing in assessment center, 360 degree
feedback, potential appraisal through assessment center, other methods of 8
competency assessment Role plays, Case study, Structured Experiences, Simulations,
Business Games, Repertory grid, BEI, MBTI, FIROB; Difference between development
center and assessment center.
Module 5: Competency mapping: competency mapping, and top competencies.
Studying job, processes, and environment, studying attributes of good performer;
Strategy structure congruence, Structure Role congruence Value adding; Vertical and
horizontal role congruence, Ensure non repetitive tasks in two different roles, Ensure
8
core competencies for each task, Link all the above and position to bring in
competitive advantage. Integration of Competency Based HR systems :Competency
based selection, competency based interviews, competency based performance
management, Cases
Practical Components
• Presentation by students about the competency directory profiling of various positions.
• Ask the students to role play the behavioral event interview to collect data for competency
mapping for the position of management professor.
• Conduct a survey on self assessment from your friends and family to know your strengths and
shortcomings which helps you to improve further.
Recommended Books:
• A Handbook of Competency Mapping – Seema Sangi, Response BOOKS,
• 360 degree feedback, competency mapping & assessment centers Sharma, Radha R. Tata Mc
Graw Hill 2003
• Competency based HRM Shermon, Ganesh. Tata Mc Graw Hill 2004

• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qZ9aAKSIdmM
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ntR7_-
ZsO5Q&list=PLV6TtmvZlQc1sQhOO7nG83t62QiTK6ezP
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Pk8hN7lw_RA
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZG8coejZoSg
• https://www.tutorialspoint.com/talent_management/talent_management_tutorial.pdf
Note: The aforesaid links and study materials are suggestive in nature, they may be used
with due regards to copy rights, patenting and other IPR rules.
Explain knowledge and the various challenges of identification competencies for different
CO1
positions for competitive advantage of the organization.
CO2 Illustrate the insights to develop and retain competent and talented workforce in the
industry.
CO3 Analyze the concepts of competency mapping and their usage in evaluating a person’s work.
CO4 Apprise the knowledge and identify the talents and competencies and its mapping
CO – PO
Course
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - -
CO3 - 2 - 2 - -
CO4 - - - - -
CO 3 2 - 2 - -
SEMESTER – IV
Organizational Change
Course Name: Course Code: MHRBA456B
and Development
No. of Tutorial / Practical Hours /
02 SEE Marks: 50
Week:
Total No. of Lecture + Tutorial /
40 SEE Duration: 03 Hrs.
Practical Hours:
COURSE OVERVIEW:
Organizational Change and Development is that kind of subject which deals with the change management
model and OD interventions during changes in the organizations. This course discusses various factors
influencing change, need for the change, and how to make people ready towards change. It also focuses on OD
practitioners’ role in bringing out the best during changing business situations. This course is very apt in the
present situation and universal because change is a never-ending process.
1. Gain knowledge of change management models and organizational development theories that assists in
solving business problems.
2. Understand the important role of an OD consultant in demonstrating ethics, social responsibility, and
value-based leadership.
3. Know the significance of various tools and techniques available to make better decisions during change.
4. Gain knowledge on OD interventions that facilitate a better flow of communication and enhance team spirit
in the organization.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1:
Changing Organizations in Our Complex World : 21st Century Organization, Roots of
Organization Change, Implications of Worldwide Trends for Change Management, Planned 8
Changes and Intended Results, Initiators, Implementers, Facilitators, Recipients, Application of
Lewin’s Model of Change, OD Practitioners.
MODULE 2:
Building and Energizing the Need for Change : Organizations as Systems, Levels and
Characteristics, Models of Organizational Change, Systems Theory and Social Construction 8
Approaches, Seek Out and Make Sense of Internal - External Data, Factors That Block People from
Recognizing the Need for Change
MODULE 3:
Measuring Change: Designing Effective Control Systems : Control Processes to Facilitate
Change, Selecting and Deploying Measures, Measures that Lead to Challenging but Achievable
Goals, Accurate Data, Control Systems, and Change Management, Controls Early Stages of the 8
Change Project, Measurement Tools to use in Change Process, Strategy Maps, The Balanced
Scorecard, Risk Exposure Calculator, Data Gathering, Diagnosis, and Feedback.
MODULE 4:
Models of Change : Kurt Lewin’s Three-step Model (1950–1952), Six-box Model of Marvin 8
Weisbord, The McKinsey 7-S Model, Huse’s Model of Planned organizational Change,, David
Nadler and Michael Tushman Model, Porras and Silvers Model (1991), The Burke–Litwin Causal
Model, John Kotter’s Eight-step Theory.
MODULE 5:
Organizational Development : Historical Perceptive
Foundation of Organization Development, OD in India, OD Activities, Values, Beliefs and
Assumptions of OD, Laboratory Training and T-groups Action Research and Survey Feedback,
Employee Involvement, Organizational Culture, Reengineering Organizational Learning, 8
Organization Development Practitioner and the Consulting Process
Changing Workforce Demographics, Changing Nature of Work, Consulting Relationship and Types
of Consulting, Consulting Model, OD Practitioners, The OD Consulting Process and Action
Research.
• A visit to Organization and interact with OD and Change Manager and list out the roles played by OD/C
manager.
• Meet and Interact with OD and Change Manager and ask- 10 questions related to Change and Development
issues
• Meet OD and Change Manager and list out various OC/D Intervention practiced and how they impact the
Organizational Growth.
• Visit the Organization and Interact with Employees in the Organization and discuss Culture Impact on the
Change process and how it can be managed.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Change Management and Organizational Development-Ratan Raina- Sage Texts-2018.
2. Organizational Change-An Action-Oriented Tool Kit- Gene Deszca, Cynthia Ingols, Tupper F. Cawsey, SAGE
Publications Inc- 2019.
3. Organization Development: The Process of Leading Organizational Change-Donald L. Anderson- Sage
Publication India Pvt Ltd- 2/e- 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Organization Development- Donald L. Anderson- Sage South Asia-2013.
2. Toolkit for Organisational Change- T. F. Cawsey, Gene Deszca- Sage Text-2007.
3. Organisation Development and Organisational Change- Donald L. Anderson and Tupper F. Cawsey- Sage
Publication- 1/e 2014.
CO1 Explain the change management models and organizational development theories in solving business
problems.
CO2 Demonstrate ethics, social responsibility, and value-based leadership essential for an OD consultant.
CO3 Analyze data of organization obtained from various tools and techniques to make better decisions during
change.
CO4 Recommend suitable OD interventions that facilitate a better flow of communication and enhance team
spirit in the organization.
CO-PO Matrix
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - 2 - - 2
CO3 - 3 - - - -
CO4 - - - 2 2 -
C0 3 3 2 2 2 2
SEMESTER – IV
Global Financial
Course Name Course Code: MFMBA413
Management
: 02 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS: 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: This course focuses on the theoretical and practical knowledge required for the
management of financial and investment functions of multinational corporations. Students will discover how
the international capital markets, foreign exchange markets, and the derivatives market can be used to manage
transaction and operating risks facing the multinational firm. The general emphasis is on the identification and
management of opportunities and risk relating to international investments, exchange rate fluctuations,
international financial markets and government policy changes.
• To understand the International Financial Environment and the Foreign Exchange market.
• To learn hedging and Forex risk management.
• To learn the Firm’s Exposure to risk in international environment and various theories associated with it.
• Understand the various stages of expansion overseas that multinational corporations utilize in order to
benefit from globalization.
• Describe the international monetary system and the foreign exchange markets.
• Examine the Balance of Payments (BOP) data and determine its implications for international competition.
• Identify the basic philosophies that govern corporate behavior throughout the world.
• Forecast exchange rates based on the parity conditions that should apply between spot rates, forward rates,
inflation rates, and interest rates.
• Evaluate portfolios and apply the capital asset pricing model and other multifactor Models in financial
decision making.
• Apply the relevant models and skills in Prediction of corporate failure.
• Apply derivatives in financial risk management and apply international finance concepts.
• Evaluate mergers and acquisitions.
• Undertake corporate restructuring and re-organization and apply valuation techniques in real estate finance.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: International Financial Environment: An overview of IFM- Importance, rewards and
risk of international finance- Goals of MNC- Balance of Payments (BoP)- Fundamentals of BoP-
Accounting components of BoP- Equilibrium and Disequilibrium. International Monetary System: 6
Evolution-Gold Standard- Bretton Woods system- flexible exchange rate regime- recent developments
in exchange rate arrangements-recent changes and challenges in IFM- the Economic and Monetary
Union (EMU). (Only Theory)
MODULE 2: Foreign Exchange Market: Characteristics, Functions and Structure of Forex Markets-
Foreign exchange market participants- Types of transactions and Settlements Dates-Exchange rate
quotations Determination of Exchange rates in Spot markets- Exchange rates determinations in 8
Forward markets- Exchange rate behavior-Cross Rates, Bid, Ask, Spread. Overview of international
money markets (Theory and Problems).
MODULE 3: Foreign exchange risk Management: Hedging against foreign exchange exposure
– Forward, futures and options- Currency Swaps (two way swaps only)-Interest Rate
Swap(Theory and Problems).
International Financial Markets and Instruments: Foreign Portfolio Investment. International 10
Bond and Equity market. International Money Markets, International Banking services –
Correspondent Bank, Representative offices, Foreign Branches, affiliate market. Forward Rate
Agreements. (Only Theory)
MODULE 4: International Parity Relationships and Forecasting Foreign Exchange rate: Measuring
exchange rate movements Exchange rate equilibrium. Interest Rate Parity, Purchasing Power Parity 8
and International Fisher effects, Arbitrage, Types of Arbitrages (Theory and Problems).
MODULE 5: Foreign Exchange exposure: Management of Transaction, Translation, economics,
8
political and interest rate exposure. (Theory and Problems).
discussed from Modules 1- 5 SEE- 40% Theory and 60% Problems
Visit the foreign exchange department of a bank, study the operations and submit a report.
• Track and analyze the rupee exchange value against Dollar and Euro in spot and forward markets for one
week and record the observations
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. International Corporate Finance, Jeff Madura, Cengage Learning- 6/e, 2011
2. International Finance Management, Eun and Resnick, Tata McGraw Hill- 4/e
REFERENCE BOOKS:
• International Financial Management, Apte P. G, Tata McGraw Hill- 6/e, 2011
• International Financial Management, MadhuVij, Excel Books- 2010
• International Financial Management, Thummuluri Siddaiah, Pearson India- 1/e, 2009

CO1 Define investment opportunities in international financial environment
CO2 Identify the risk relating to exchange rate fluctuations and develop strategies.
CO3 Analyze different strategies to evaluate the firm’s exposure in international environment
CO4 Appraise appropriate instruments in hedging and arbitrage based on global environment
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
AVG 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name Indirect Taxation Course Code: MFMBA414
: 02 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
COURSE OVERVIEW: Indirect taxation is a fundamental aspect of modern economies, influencing business
operations, government revenue, and consumer behavior. This course provides an in-depth understanding of
the principles, practices, and applications of indirect taxes, focusing on their impact on businesses, individuals,
and the overall economy.
Course Learning objectives:
• To acquaint the students with basic principles and broad understanding of the Indian Indirect tax laws.
• To enable students to distinguish the difference in concept of forward and reverse charge mechanism,
composite and mixed supply, and various exemptions under the GST regime.
• To enhance the knowledge of students on provisions related to time, place, and value of supply.
• To enable the student to understand the process of Registration, input tax credit (ITC) and GST assessment
under the GST law.
• To enable the student to understand Customs duty provisions and evaluate import and export goods.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Goods and Services Tax (GST): Basic concepts of GST, Features,
Taxes subsumed and not subsumed in GST, Need for GST in India, Benefits and drawbacks of GST,
Dual GST Model-significance, Rates of GST, Structure of GST-CGST Act 2017, SGST Act 2017,
6
UTGST Act 2017 and IGST Act 2017, GST Council-Structure, Recommendations and functions,
Goods and Services Tax Network (GSTN)-Features, functions and services, Goods and services
exempted from GST (Theory)
MODULE 2: Registration and Filing of returns: GST Registration-Meaning, Benefits, Types of
Registration and Provisions: Persons liable and not liable for Registration, Compulsory Registration,
Voluntary Registration, Deemed Registration, Suo Motu Registration, Procedure for Registration,
GSTIN (Theory), Computation of aggregate turnover (Simple problems). Returns under GST- 8
Benefits, features, Modes of filing returns, Furnishing of Returns, First Return, Annual return and
Final return (Theory). Returns under GST-Benefits, features, Modes of filing returns, Furnishing of
Returns, First Return, Annual return and Final return (Theory).
MODULE 3: Supply, Levy and Collection of Tax: Supply-Meaning of Goods and Services,
Deemed supply, Classification of supply-Inward and outward supply, One time and Continuous
9
supply, supply on the basis of taxability and geographical location, Composite and Mixed
Supplies, Scope of supply (Theory) Determination of tax liability on various types of supply
(Simple problems)
Levy and Collection, Composition scheme in GST- Eligibility criteria, Conditions for adoption,
Rate of GST of the Composition Levy, (Simple problems on calculation of value of taxable
supply and GST Levy). (Theory and Problems).
MODULE 4: Time, Place and Value of Supply Time of Supply-Key concepts, Determination of
time of supply of goods and services (Simple problems including Change in Rate of Tax in respect of
Supply of Goods or Services), Place of Supply – importance and types. Simple Problems on
identification of Place of supply. Value of Supply. (Simple problems on treatment of discount in
7
transaction value, Money exchange services, Air travel agent, based on Cost. Value of supply in case
of lottery, betting, gambling and Horse racing) Input tax credit-Meaning, Eligibility for availing ITC,
Conditions to be satisfied for availing ITC. Determination of ITC admissible on goods and services
(Simple problems).
MODULE 5: Export-Import Procedure for Customs Customs Act-important definitions, Types
of goods, import Export Route, Types of Cess under Customs, Introduction to Baggage and General
Free Allowance. Provisional Assessment of Duty, Due Dates for Payment of Duty, Penalties under
Customs, Seizure of Goods, Confiscation of Goods. (Theory).
Valuation of Customs Duty: Concept, Meaning of Customs Duty, Circumstances of Levy of 10
Customs Duties and Types of Duties and Exemption from Customs Duty. Valuation under customs:
Valuation of Imported Goods and Valuation of Export Goods. (Problems on Valuation of Imported
Goods- calculation of FOB, CIF, AV, BCD, SWS, GST Concession Cess, and IGST) (Theory and
Problems).
discussed from Modules 1-5 SEE-60%Theory and 40%problems
Visit to a small scale trader and identify documents pertaining to Registration as well as Returns under GST
under Composition Scheme.
Visit to a GST practitioner to learn Online GST Returns
Generate GSTR -1 & GSTR- 3B, E way Bill
Calculate the GST and avail ITC for a local trader.
List the provisions incorporated under GST law in the last Union Budget and prepare a note on these changes
Recommended Books:
GST and Customs Law (University Edition), K.M Bansal, Taxmann’s, Latest Edition.
Indirect Taxes Law and practices, V S Datey, Taxmann’s, Latest Edition
Reference Books: Goods and Services Tax (GST) in India, B. Viswanathan, UBS Publishers, Latest
Edition.
Indirect Taxation, Raj K Agrawal and Shivangi Agrawal, Bharat Law House Pvt. Ltd, Latest Edition
Discuss the concept of GST and identify the different types of Taxes, included and excluded and reason for
CO1 implementing.
CO2 Apply their knowledge to navigate the GST registration process for various types of businesses
Analyze various supply situations, classify them correctly, and calculate the GST liability based on the type of
CO3 supply
CO4 Critically evaluate the implications of GST and customs regulations on cross-border transactions.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
AVG 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER – IV
MFMBA4
Course Name Financial Derivatives Course Code:
55A
: 02 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS: 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: This course offers familiarity on derivatives instruments, such as forwards, futures,
options and swap; and how it is used to achieve various hedging and speculating objectives. In this course
students will study applications of derivative-pricing techniques and how the derivative instruments, used as
investment tools, as it allows one to tailor the amount and kind of risk one takes, be it risk associated with
changes in interest rates, exchange rates, stock prices, commodity prices, inflation, etc. The course provides the
insight on how institutions as well as investors to hedge (reduce) unwanted risks or to take on additional risk
motivated by views regarding future market movements.
To understand various concepts and terminologies used in various financial derivatives.
To apply various financial derivatives in hedging risk and analyze it.
To understand various financial derivatives such as forwards, futures, options, financial swaps, and credit
derivatives for managing the risk.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Derivatives, types of derivatives, uses of derivatives, derivative market
players, factors causing growth of derivatives, functions of derivatives, derivatives in India. (Theory 6
Only).
MODULE 2: Futures and Forwards: types of futures/forwards-Futures vs Forwards-Mechanics of
buying and selling futures/forwards-Hedging through futures/forwards Marking-to-market process-
10
valuation of futures/forwards using cost of carry model-Arbitrage process-Interest Rate Futures and
options. (Numerical problems on MTM and valuation of futures/forwards). (Theory and Problems).
MODULE 3: Option Contracts: types of option contracts-Options vs futures/forwards, trading
mechanism of options contract, Option pricing-factors affecting option pricing, Valuation of option
10
contracts using Black Scholes model and Binomial Model-Put-call parity theory-Option Greeks.
(Numerical problems on all aspects). (Theory and Problems).
MODULE 4: Financial Swaps: advantages of financial swaps-Types of financial swaps (Interest rate
swap, currency swap, equity swap and commodity swap)-Mechanics of interest rate swaps– Triangular
8
swap (Numerical problems only on interest rate swap including triangular swap) Commodity Derivative
Market: Commodity derivative exchanges (with commodities traded) in India
MODULE 5: Credit Derivatives and VaR: Types of credit derivatives, Sub-Prime Crisis-2007- Types
of Interest Rates-Zero Rate-Forward Rate-Value-at-Risk-Meaning, VaR Models-Stress testing, and back 6
testing. (Numerical problems only on VaR). (Theory and Problems).
discussed from Modules 1-5. SEE-60%Problems and 40%Theory.
• Students can visit a financial institution dealing in derivatives and study the products offered by them.
• Students should individually select various futures or options and watch the behavior of these futures and
options on a day to day for 15 days to see how futures and options might help mitigate the risks of
investors.
• Practicing Moneybhai online virtual trading game from moneycontrol.com
Recommended Books:
1. Fundamentals of financial derivatives, N.R. Parasuraman, Wiley India Pvt. Limited
2. Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management, Don M. Chance/Robert Brooks, 10/e, Cengage learning
Pvt Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Derivatives and Risk Management, Rajiv Srivastava, Oxford University Press, 2/e.
2. Options and Futures- Vohra and Bagri, 2/e, TMH 3. Derivatives, Principles and Practice, Sundaramand Das,
Mc Graw Hill, 2017

CO1 Describe the knowledge of financial derivative used in financial decisions.
CO2 Apply critical thinking skills in managing business risk using hedging techniques
Analyze the risk of financial products and communicate economic and legal aspects of
CO3
products
CO4 Appraise different financial product which are social responsive and ethical.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
AVG 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER – IV
MFMBA45
Course Name Strategic Cost Management Course Code:
5B
: 03 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS: 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: The course is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills needed to
make informed decisions about cost management that aligns with an organization's overall strategic goals and
objectives.
• To understand various concepts and terminologies used in cost management.
• To explain and critically evaluate various costing methods and techniques such as marginal costing,
budgetary control, standard costing, activity-based costing etc.
• To apply and analyze various costing methods and techniques mentioned above.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Cost Management- Cost Accounting to Cost Management-
Elements of costs. Classification of costs-Methods of costing-Cost Management Tools- A 8
Strategic View to Cost Management- Preparation of a cost sheet. (Problems on cost sheet).
MODULE 2: Overheads: Classification and Collection, Difference between Cost Allocation
and Cost Apportionment, (Full-fledged Problems on Primary and secondary distribution,
Simultaneous equations, Absorption of Overhead, Theory on Under and Over absorption of
8
Overhead). Demerits of Traditional Costing, Activity Based Costing, Cost Drivers, Cost
Analysis Under ABC (Unit level, Batch Level and Product Sustaining Activities), Benefits and
weaknesses of ABC. (Theory and Problems)
MODULE 3: Marginal Costing – Nature and Scope- Applications-Break even charts and
Point, Decision-making (all types with full problems) Differential Cost Analysis,
8
Advantages and Disadvantages of Marginal Costing, Process Costing: introduction to
Process Costing, Cost accumulation in process costing (Problems).
MODULE 4: Budgetary Control- Objectives of Budgetary control, Functional Budgets,
Master Budgets, Key Factor, Problems on Production Budgets and Flexible Budgets. Standard
8
Costing: - Comparison with Budgetary control, analysis of Variances, Simple Problems on
Material and Labor variances only (Problems)
MODULE 5: Cost Audit and Reporting to Management-objectives and advantages of Cost Audit, 8
Cost Audit report. Management Audit- Objectives and Scope. Reporting to Management – Purpose of
reporting Requisites of a good report, Classifications of Report, Segment reporting, cost reduction and
cost control, target Costing – its Principles, balanced scorecard: Features and Purpose (theory only).
Responsibility Centers: Revenue and Expense Centers Responsibility Centers, Revenue
Centers. Transfer Pricing – Meaning, Principles of Transfer Pricing, Methods of Transfer of
Pricing expense Centers, Cost Management for Specific Sectors – Gold, Agriculture, IT
sector, Pharma and others (theory only).
discussed from Modules 1- 5 SEE-60%-Problems and 40% Theory.
• The student can choose any product and get details about the actual cost of material, wages and other cost
and prepare a cost statement.
• Standard cost of each component must be obtained and compared with actual cost to find the variance and
reasons for variance to assess efficiency of purchase, operations, and production.
• Prepare a comparative chart to understand and depict the budgetary control mechanisms in Private and Public
Sector enterprises.
• Visit a NGO and find out the various cost heads and how do they differ from profit making business
organizations.
• Conduct an in-house workshop on Transfer pricing for Manufacturing Sector (Analyze how value addition
takes place at every stage of the production)
Recommended Books:
1. Cost Accounting (2e) by M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain (2017). McGraw Hill Education..
2. A Text book of Cost and Management Accounting: Arora M. N, 11th Edition, Vikas.
Reference Books:
1. Management Control Systems (4e) by Kenneth Merchant and Wim Van Der Stede. Pearson Education
(2019)
2. Managerial Accounting: James Jiambalvo, 4 th Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Cost Accounting: Jawaharlal and Seema Srivastava, 4th Edition, TMH
• https://journal.ump.edu.my/ijim/article/view/5983/1166
• http://indianresearchjournals.com/pdf/APJMMR/2013/April/7.pdf
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fWPPfUiPdHA
• https://www.coursera.org/lecture/construction-cost-estimating/introduction-to-cost-estimatingand-cost-
control-xXOyj
• https://www.icsi.edu/WebModules/Publications/FULL_BOOK_PP-CMA-2017-JULY_4.pdf
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/cost-management-e20763553.html
• https://www.academia.edu/31736202/Cost_Management_Accounting_and_Control
Note: The above links and study materials are suggestive in nature, they may be used with due regards to copy
CO1 Understand the goals and strategies of business units.
CO2 Determine standard costing, variance analysis and cost control in Business decision making
CO3 Applications of cost accounting and control systems in Corporate
Critically evaluate all traditional and non-traditional costing methods such as absorption
CO4
costing; marginal costing and activity-based costing.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
AVG 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER – IV
Fundamental of MFMBA4
Financial Analytics 56A
: 02 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS: 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: This is an introductory course in Financial Analytics with an objective of
understanding and diagnosing the information contained in financial statement with a view to judge the
profitability and financial soundness of the firm, and to make forecast about prospects of the firm. And it helps
to the student to answer all business questions through Financial Analytics leads to forecast the future of
business trend.
1. Describe the foundations of analytics and how it is becoming a competitive strategy for many organizations.
2. Analyze the importance of analytics in decision making and problem solving.
3. Determine the different types of analytical models such as descriptive analytics, predictive analytics, and
prescriptive analytics.
4. Illustrate tools and techniques used in financial analytics.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Business Intelligence (BI) Business Intelligence - Definitions - Evolution of Business
Intelligence and Role of DSS, EIS, MIS and Digital dash boards-Difference between ERP and Business
8
Intelligence-need for BI-BI for past, Present and Future. Business Intelligence Applications-technology
solutions and business solutions-Business Intelligence Roles and Responsibilities.
MODULE 2: Essentials of Business Analytics Introduction: Decision Making- Business Analytics
Definition-Business Analytics meaning - categorization of Analytical methods and models: Descriptive
-Predictive -Prescriptive–Big data- Business Analytics in practice: Financial, Human Resource, 8
Marketing, Health care, Supply chain Analytics. Analytics for government and Nonprofits, sports and
web Analytics.
MODULE 3: Business Analytics for Managers and Business analytics model: Overview of
Business-driven environment and technically oriented environment-types of Reporting and 8
Analytical process-case study.
MODULE 4: Financial Analytics: Introduction, Meaning-Importance of Financial Analytics uses
Features-Documents used in Financial Analytics: Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Cash flow
statement-Elements of Financial Health: Liquidity, Leverage, Profitability
8
MODULE 5: Analysts: Role and Responsibilities Information and Knowledge-Methodology Data-

Required Competencies for the Analyst-Hypothesis. Driven methods-Data Mining with Target 8
Variables-Explorative Methods-Business requirements.
discussed from Modules 1-5
1. Using organization annual reports, a student can prepare Business Intelligence report for decision making
using Descriptive, predictive analytics.
2. Visit to the organization and learn how to use software tools for analysis of real life problems.
Recommended Books:
1. Business Analytics for Managers - Geat H.N.Laursen Jesper Thorlund, P.No: 1-16- UnitIII, P.No:93-136-
Unit V
2. Fundamentals of Business Analytics -R N Prasad,. Seema Achavya, Wiley India PVT Ltd, New Delhi,
P.No: 87-100, P.No:115-125.
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Business Analytics - R N Prasad Seema Achavya, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, P.No:
87-100, P.No:115-125

Explain the key concepts in Business Intelligence and financial analytics techniques and
CO1
assess when to apply such techniques in practical situations.
CO2 Interpret the data using predictive analytics for business solutions.
CO3 Analyze the analytical models associated with financial data to develop strategies.
CO4 Recommend the strategies for financial health using descriptive and predictive analytics
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
CO4 3
AVG 3 3 3 3
SEMESTER – IV
Mergers, Acquisition and MFMBA4
Corporate Restructuring 56B
: 02 CIE Marks: 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks: 50
L: T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS: 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: The students will learn to examine the reasons to acquire, choice of target, and
recognition of the anticipated challenges, risks, and pitfalls of the approach. The students will evaluate the
financial applicability of M and A and accounting aspects of amalgamation. They will also study some
instances of takeovers/acquisitions and corporate restructuring and the potential sources of value creation,
risks, and challenges.
1. Study the various concepts and terminologies used in mergers and acquisitions.
2. Familiarize financial evaluation and accounting aspects of Mergers and Acquisitions.
3. Solve the problems relating to Business Valuation and Amalgamation.
4. Critically assess Mergers and Acquisitions with different classifications, strategies, theories, synergy, etc.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction of M and A: Meaning - Mergers and industry life cycle, Reasons for
failures of M and A -Synergy - Value Creation in MandA-SWOT analysis - BCG matrix. (Theory).
8
Merger Process: Procedure for effecting M and A - Five-stage model – Due diligence – HR aspects of M
and A – Tips for successful mergers - Process of merger integration. (Theory).
MODULE 2: Financial Evaluation of M and A: Merger as a capital budgeting-Business valuation
approaches-asset based, market-based, and income-based approaches-Exchange Ratio (Swap Ratio)- 8
Methods of determining the exchange rate. (Theory and Problems).
MODULE 3: Accounting aspects of Amalgamation: Types of amalgamations - Methods of
Accounting –Calculation of purchase consideration –Journal entries in the books of transferor and
8
transferee company - Ledger accounts in the books of transferor and transferee companies. (Theory
and Problems).
MODULE 4: Acquisitions/Takeovers: Meaning and types of acquisition/takeovers (Friendly and
Hostile takeovers)-Anti-takeover strategies-Anti-takeover amendments-Legal aspects of 10 148 M and
8
A-Combination and Competition Act-2002Competition Commission of India (CCI)-The SEBI
Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeover (Takeover code-2011). (Theory).
MODULE 5: Corporate Restructuring: Meaning, significance, and forms of restructuring–sell-off,
spin-off, divestitures, demerger, Equity Carve-Out (ECO), Leveraged Buyouts (LBO), Management
Buy-Out (MBO), Master Limited Partnership (MLP), Limited Liability Partnership (LLP) and joint 8
ventures. (Theory).
SEE-60% Theory and 40% Problems.
discussed from Modules 1-5 SEE-50%Theory and 50%problems.
Pick up any latest MandA deal. Generate the details of the deal and then study the deal in the light of the
following:
• Nature of the deal: merger, amalgamation, acquisition, takeover or any program of restructuring valuation.
• Synergies likely to emerge out of Mand A, write a report on the synergies by taking any one company
• Take any recent M andA, write about the challenges, impact and problems associated with the deal
Recommended Books:
1. Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring - Strategies and Practices, Rabi Narayan Kar and
Minakshi, Taxmann’s, 3/e, 2017
2. Mergers and Acquisitions, Sheeba Kapil and Kanwal N. Kapil, Wiley, 2/e, 2017
Reference Books
1. Mergers, Acquisitions and Takeovers, H.R. Machiraju, New Age International Publishers, 1/e, 2010
2. Mergers - Issues, Implications, and Case Law in Corporate Restructuring, Ramanujam S, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing House, 2000
3. Takeovers, Restructuring and Corporate Governance, Weston, Mitchell and Mulherin, Pearson Education,
4/e, 2003.

Describe Mergers and Acquisitions and its different classifications, strategies, theories,
CO1
synergy.
Apply various dimensions of financial evaluation of Mergers and Acquisition, corporate
CO2
strategies to create a value to the firm.
Examine different types of MandA, takeover and antitakeover strategies to solve the business
CO3
problem.
Assess the accounting, legal aspects of MandA and corporate restricting with social
CO4
responsibility.
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3
AVG 2.67 2 3
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name Machine Learning Course Code : MBABA413
: 02 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: Machine learning allows the user to feed a computer algorithm an immense amount
of data and have the computer analyze and make data-driven recommendations and decisions based on
only the input data. The subject focusing on introduction, supervised and unsupervised learning, decision
tree algorithms, reinforcement learning, AR and VR.
1. To acquaint students with theoretical and practical knowledge on machine learning
2. To make students to apply the concepts of Machine learning
3. To make students to understand the technology integration and importance of data
Analytics.
4. To make students to analyse using the Machine learning techniques for business decisions
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Machine Learning: Creativity and motivation, Computer 08
hardware architecture, understanding programming, word and sentence, Conversing with
Python, Terminology, Debugging, The learning journey
MODULE 2: Supervised and Unsupervised Learning :Regression and classification models, 07
Decision tree, Classification of regression trees, linear, multiple, logistic regression ,neutral networks,
multi layer perception ,support vector machines, linear and non-linear kernel functions, introduction to
clustering and k model clustering.
MODULE 3: Decision tree and generic algorithms: Basic decision tree algorithm, information 08
gain, hypothesis space, inductive bias, issues in decision tree learning, determining the correct
and final tree size, purning. Genetic Algorithms: Motivation, Genetic Algorithms: Representing
Hypotheses, Genetic Operator, Fitness Function and Selection, An Illustrative Example,
Hypothesis Space Search, Genetic Programming, Models of Evolution and Learning: Lamarkian
Evolution, Baldwin Effect, Parallelizing Genetic Algorithms.
MODULE 4: Ensemble and probabilistic learning: Model Combination Schemes, Voting, 07
Error-Correcting Output Codes, Bagging: Random Forest Trees, Boosting: Adaboost, Stacking.
Gaussian mixture models - The Expectation-Maximization (EM) Algorithm, Information
Criteria, Nearest neighbour methods - Nearest Neighbour Smoothing, Efficient Distance
Computations: the KD-Tree, Distance Measures
MODULE 5: Reinforcement Learning and Evaluating Hypotheses: Learning Task, Q 10
Learning, Non deterministic Rewards and actions, temporal-difference learning, Relationship to
Dynamic Programming, Active reinforcement learning, Generalization in reinforcement
learning. Motivation, Basics of Sampling Theory: Error Estimation and Estimating Binomial
Proportions, The Binomial Distribution, Estimators, Bias, and Variance.
Introduction to Virtual Reality and Virtual Environment: Computer and Real time computer
graphics, Flight Simulation, Virtual environment requirement, benefits of virtual reality .
Augmented Reality: Taxonomy, technology and features of augmented reality, difference
between AR and VR, Challenges with AR, AR systems and functionality, Augmented reality
methods, visualization techniques for augmented reality, enhancing interactivity in AR
environments, evaluating AR systems.
• Practice on visualisation of data tools and understand the machine interaction
• Analyse the Google map for traffic congestion in a big city if IOT is implemented
• Learn simple algorithms and solve business problems using decision tree and simulations
Recommended Books:
1. Tom M. Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Bishop, Christopher. Neural Networks for Pattern Recognition. New York, NY: Oxford University
Press, 1995
3. Ethem Alpaydin, (2004) “Introduction to Machine Learning (Adaptive Computation and Machine
Learning)”, The MIT Press
4. T.astie, R. Tibshirani, J. H. Friedman, “The Elements of Statistical Learning”, Springer(2nd Ed.), 2009
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKEtVjfPdijgcUVXy7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzEEdnRpZA
MEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660415204/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fwww.globalsqa.com%2ffree-machine-
learning-
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKEtVjfPdijgcUV3y7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzIEdnRpZAM
Ec2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660415204/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fai.stanford.edu%2f~nilsson%2fMLBOOK.
pdf/RK=2/RS=KWhp7r2qOpmAwpK8yjApfSnMirE-

CO1 Understand the concepts of Machine learning
CO2 Apply the knowledge of Data visualisation and accurate decision making
CO3 Analyse the Big data and pattern using machine learning algorithms
CO4 Evaluate the Data Structure and provide immersive experience to users
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 1 - - - 2 -
CO2 - 2 2 - - -
CO3 - - - 2 - -
CO4 - 2 - 2 - 2
AVG 1 2 2 2 2 2
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name HR Analytics Course Code : MBABA414
: 02 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: HR analytics is a data-driven approach to managing people at work. HR analytics,
also known as people analytics, workforce analytics, or talent analytics, revolves around analyzing people
problems using data to answer critical questions about your organization. This enables better and data-
driven decision-making . The course focuses on perspectives of HR analytics, framework, basics,
predictive analytics, insights of data driven HR, HR Metrics.
• To introduce the student to the theory, concepts, and business application of human resources research, data,
metrics, systems, analyses, and reporting.
• To develop an understanding of the role and importance of HR analytics, and the ability to track, store,
retrieve, analyse and interpret HR data to support decision making.
• To aware the challenges human resources analytics for the competitive advantage of the organization.
• To enable students to use applicable benchmarks/metrics to conduct research and statistical analyses related
to Human Resource Management
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: HR Analytics in Perspective: Role of Analytics, Defining HR Analytics, HR
Analytics: The Third Wave for HR value creation, HR Measurement journey in tune with HR
08
maturity journey Understanding the organizational system (Lean), Locating the HR challenge in
the system , Valuing HR Analytics in the organizational system
MODULE 2: HRA Frameworks: Current approaches to measuring HR and reporting value from
HR contributions, Strategic HR Metrics versus Benchmarking, HR Scorecards & Workforce
Scorecards and how they are different from HR Analytics, HR Maturity Framework: From level 07
1 to level 5, HR Analytics Frameworks: (a) LAMP framework; (b) HCM:21 Framework and (c)
Talentship
MODULE 3: Basics of HR Analytics: Basics of HR Analytics, what is Analytics, Evolution,
Analytical capabilities, Analytic value chain, Analytical Model, Typical application of HR
analytics.
07
Predictive Analytics: Steps involved in predictive analytics: Determine key performance
indicator, analyse and report data, interpreting the results and predicting the future. Metrics and
Regression analysis and Causation.
MODULE 4: Insight into Data Driven HRA: Typical data sources, Typical questions faced
08
(survey), Typical data issues, Connecting HR Analytics to business benefit (case studies),
Techniques for establishing questions, Building support and interest, Obtaining data, Cleaning
data (exercise), Supplementing data.
MODULE 5: HR Metrics – Defining metrics, Demographics, data sources and requirements,
Types of data, tying data sets together, Difficulties in obtaining data, ethics of measurement and
evaluation. Human capital analytics continuum. HR Dashboards. Statistical software used for HR
analytics: MS-Excel, IBMSPSS, IBMAMOS, SAS, and R programming and data visualisation
10
tools such as Tableau, Ploty, Click view and Fusion Charts.
HR Scorecard: Assessing HR Program, engagement and Turnover, Finding money in Analytics,
Linking HR Data to operational performance, HR Data and stock performance. Creating HR
Scorecard, develop an HR measurement system, guidelines for implementing a HR Scorecard.
• To solve case studies on Workplace Ethics Discussion on “How to have/ evaluate the performance of the
MBA students”
• To visit organizations and find out the problems and causes for unethical behavior at Workplace.
• Identify the important HR metrics used in manufacturing companies.
• Ask students to collect manpower data of your institute and prepare HR Dashboards.
• Collect the payroll detail from IT Company and use module 5 contents
Recommended Books:
1. Moore, McCabe, Duckworth, and Alwan. The Practice of Business Statistics: Using Data for
2. Decisions, Second Edition, New York: W.H.Freeman, 2008.
3. Predictive analytics for Human Resources, Jac Fitz- enz, John R. Mattox, II, Wiley, 2014.
4. Human Capital Analytics: Gene Pease Boyce Byerly, Jac Fitz-enz, Wiley,2013.
5. The HR Scorecard: Linking People, Strategy, and Performance, by Brian E. Becker, Mark A. Huselid,
Mark A Huselid, David Ulrich, 2001.
6. HR Analytics: The What, Why and How, by Tracey Smith
7. The New HR Analytics: Predicting the Economic Value of Your Company's Human By Jac FITZ-ENZ,
2010
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):.
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/predictive-hr-analytics-mastering-the-hr-metric-e188006190.html
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/hr-metrics-and-workforce-analytics-e20835652.html
• http://u.camdemy.com/sysdata/doc/f/fb30e8a98c5d9a85/pdf.pdf
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zogLCssW0Ts
• • https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wcs-wlkTJlc

CO1 Have an understanding of How HR function adds value and demonstrates the value in business terms
Measure the value of Intangibles that HR helps builds for the organization given a particular business
CO2
context to facilitate decision making.
CO3 Convert soft factors in a people management context into measurable variables across various domains
Devise, conduct and analyse a study on employees or any other related to the HR context in an
CO4
organization
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 1 - - - 2 -
CO2 - 2 2 - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - 2 - 2 - 2
AVG 1 2 2 2.5 2 2
SEMESTER – IV
Big Data
Course Name Course Code : MBABA455A
: 02 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: Big data is larger, more complex data sets, especially from new data sources. These
data sets are so voluminous that traditional data processing software just can't manage them. But these
massive volumes of data can be used to address business problems you wouldn't have been able to tackle
before. The course focuses on Introduction to big data, Hadoop, distribution file system, map reduce,
Hadoop ecosystem, NoSQL , Searching and Indexing Big Data and data analysis with R.

• Understand the Big Data Platform and its Use cases
• Provide an overview of Apache Hadoop
• Provide HDFS Concepts and Interfacing with HDFS
• Understand Map Reduce Jobs
• Exposure to Data Analytics with R.
• Apply analytics on Structured, Unstructured Data
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction To Big Data And Hadoop :Types of Digital Data, Introduction to
Big Data, Big Data Analytics, History of Hadoop, Apache Hadoop, Analysing Data with Unix
08
tools, Analysing Data with Hadoop, Hadoop Streaming, Hadoop Echo System, IBM Big Data
Strategy, Introduction to Info sphere Big Insights and Big Sheets.
MODULE 2: HDFS (Hadoop Distributed File System:The Design of HDFS, HDFS Concepts,
Command Line Interface, Hadoop file system interfaces, Data flow, Data Ingest with Flume and
07
Scoop and Hadoop archives, Hadoop I/O: Compression, Serialization, Avro and File-Based Data
structures.
MODULE 3: Map Reduce: Anatomy of a Map Reduce Job Run, Failures, Job Scheduling,
07
Shuffle and Sort, Task Execution, Map Reduce Types and Formats, Map Reduce Features
MODULE 4: Hadoop Eco System :Introduction to PIG, Execution Modes of Pig, Comparison of
Pig with Databases, Grunt, Pig Latin, User Defined Functions, Data Processing operators.
08
Hive: Hive Shell, Hive Services, Hive Metastore, Comparison with Traditional Databases,
HiveQL, Tables, Querying Data and User Defined Functions. HBase :HBasics, Concepts, Clients
MODULE 5: Data Analytics with R: Introduction, Supervised Learning, Unsupervised Learning,
10
Collaborative Filtering.Big Data Analytics with Big R.
NoSQL , Searching and Indexing Big Data: Structured and Unstructured Data, Taxonomy and
NoSQL Implementation, Discussion of basic architecture of Hbase, Cassandra and MongoDb Full
text Indexing and Searching, Indexing with Lucene, Distributed Searching with Elastic search.
• Visit amazon website and do observe how often change the design the website and update information
• Understand Walmart strategies for competitive advantage using big data analytics
Recommended Books:
1. Tom White “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide” Third Edit on, O’reily Media, 2012.
2. Seema Acharya, SubhasiniChellappan, "Big Data Analytics" Wiley 2015.
3. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, "Intelligent Data Analysis”, Springer, 2007.
4. Jay Liebowitz, “Big Data and Business Analytics” Auerbach Publications, CRC press (2013)
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrKC2qQjvdij9UV_2.7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzMEdnRpZ
AMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660419857/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fwww.crayondata.com%2fdownloa
d-12-free-ebooks-on-big-
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rvJgArru8dI
• https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=big%20data
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/big-data-books.html

CO1 Understand Big Data and its Business Implications
CO2 Apply the knowledge of Hadoop and Hadoop Eco-System in big data analysis
CO3 Analyse the big data and provide data visualization and helps in decisions
CO4 Develop Big Data Solutions using Hadoop Eco System
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 1 - - - 2 -
CO2 - 2 2 3 - -
CO3 - - - 2 - -
CO4 - 2 - - - 2
AVG 1 2 2 2.5 2 2
SEMESTER – IV
Supply chain Analytics MBABA455B
: 03 CIE Marks : 50
Week
:0 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: Supply chain analytics can identify known risks and help to predict future risks by
spotting patterns and trends throughout the supply chain. By analyzing customer data, supply chain
analytics can help a business better predict future demand. The course content focuses on overview of
logistics and supply chain, optimization methods, location and warehousing methods, operational
decisions in warehousing, traveling salesman algorithms.

• To make students aware of concepts of Logistics and Supply Chain Management
• To develop student skills in Optimization methods.
• To develop student skills in facilities location and warehousing decisions.
• To develop student skills in tactical and operations decisions in warehousing .
• To develop the student skills in Travelling salesman problems.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Overview Of Logistics And Supply Chain Management
Introduction, SCM and Competitive Advantage, Driving Forces in Business and SCM, Overview 08
of Logistics Management, Overview of Supply Chain Management, Supply Chain Analytics
MODULE 2: Overview Of Optimization Methods
Introduction and Historical Perspective, Constrained Optimization Models, Assumptions of an
07
LPP, General Form of LPP, Graphical Solution to Furniture Problem, Simplex Method, A Few
Examples of Formulation of LPP, Transportation Problem
MODULE 3: Facilities Location And Warehousing Decisions
Introduction, Single Facility Location Problems, Multiple Facility Location Problems, 07
Mathematical Formulations of Popular Location Problems
MODULE 4: Tactical And Operational Decisions In Warehousing
Introduction and Space Determination in Warehouse Planning, Warehouse Operations and Layout
Decisions, Handling Decisions, Layout Configuration Decisions, Inventory Decisions, Inventory 08
Concepts, Costs and Basic Models, ABC Analysis and Pareto Analysis, Managing Inventories and
Inventory-Carrying Costs, EOQ Models
MODULE 5: Traveling Salesman Problem Algorithms
Introduction, Characteristics of Routing and Scheduling Problems, The Traveling Salesman 10
Problem, Heuristics for Solving a TSP, Construction Heuristics, k-Opt Tour Improvement
Method.
Recommended Books:
1. Supply Chain Analytics , T. A. S. Vijayaraghavan, Wiley,2021
2. Supply Chain Analytics: Concepts, Techniques and Applications, Kurt Y Liu, 2019
3. Contemporary issues in Supply chain management and logistics, Anthony M Pagano, Mellissa Gyimah,
Business Expert press, 2017

The student will be able to understand of the significance of the concepts of Logistics and Supply Chain
CO1 Management
Demonstrate the concepts of segmenting, targeting and positioning and describe the challenges of
CO2 marketing mix in rural context and frame appropriate strategies for improving marketing activities in
rural areas
Demonstrate the rural communication process, the methods for developing effective communication for
CO3 rural audiences and describes the rural India’s access to finance
Apply the rural marketing strategies to case studies and propose innovative solutions to the business
CO4 plans
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - 2 - - -
CO4 - - - 3 - 2
AVG 3 3 2 3 - 2
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name Financial Analytics Course Code : MBABA456A
: 02 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW: Financial analytics analyzes an organization's specific financial processes,
functions, and data. It is used for investing, forecasting, strategic financial goal setting, and other financial
decision-making to increase profitability. Financial analytics may also apply to individuals. The course
content focuses on essentials of financial analytics, statistical concepts, time series, multivariate time-
series analysis and regression analysis of financial practices.
• To understand the basic concepts of Data analytics
• To Gain an insight into the decision making under uncertainty circumstances based on results
• To apply the statistical tools in financial analytics for solving business problems
• To equip students with necessary analytical skills using excel and SPSS software
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Essentials of Financial Analytics: Introduction to Business Analytics: Meaning,
Business Analytics in Decision Making; Categorization of Analytical methods and models: Descriptive -
Predictive - Prescriptive–Big data; Financial Analytics; Importance -uses-Features; Nature of data in 08
finance and sources of data
MODULE 2: Statistical concepts: Probability, Discrete and Continuous probability distribution,
Decision making under uncertainty, Confidence Interval, Hypothesis testing. 07
MODULE 3: Time – Series: Stochastic Process, Components of time series data - Trend Analysis,
Seasonality and cyclical behaviour; Concept of Stationary process; Smoothing Methods- Moving
Average, Weighted Moving Average, Exponential smoothing methods – Single exponential, Double 07
exponential; Forecasting Model ARIMA (Using MS Excel)
MODULE 4: Multivariate time-series analysis-Building long-term relationship between variables,
choosing the model based on stationarity of the data. Vector Auto Regression (VAR) – Form, estimation 08
and interpretation of result.
MODULE 5: Regression Analysis: Regression v/s Causation, Simple linear regression, Least Squares
Method, Using Regression equation for estimation, Multiple Regression Model, Regression analysis
using MS Excel; 10
Computer lab: Introduction to Jamovi. Real-time Practical Assessment in the Computer lab, Advanced
Excel.
• To collect secondary data from stock market, do the fundamental and technical analysis for decision to
buy or not to buy stocks/shares
• Download the open software of python and R software and practice the data analytics and make
financial projections
• Get trained outside to earn data analytics certification on econometric models
Recommended Books:
1. Basic Econometrics Damodar N Gujarati, Dawn Porter, Sangeetha Gunashekar McGraw Hill Education 5th, 2017
2. Financial Econometrics Oliver Linton Cambridge University Press, 1st, 2019
3. Introductory Econometrics for Finance Chris Brooks Cambridge University Press 4th, 2019.
4. Spreadsheet skills for Finance Professionals Pitabas Mohanty Taxmann’s 2nd, 2020.
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrPpk6rQ_diy2YTchK7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzYEdnRpZAMEc2VjA
3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660400683/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fcorporatefinanceinstitute.com%2fresources%2febooks%2fan
alyst-trifecta-ebookpdf%2f/RK=2/RS=GU5U05axvSbcRt9TbAEysqyOD5Y-
• https://www.pdfdrive.com/financial-statement-analysis-books.html
• https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=AwrPpHyqR_diEp8TTQK7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZzMEcG9zAzMEdnRpZAMEc2Vj
A3Ny/RV=2/RE=1660401706/RO=10/RU=https%3a%2f%2fcorporatefinanceinstitute.com%2fresources%2febooks%2f
analyst-trifecta-ebookpdf%2f/RK=2/RS=9WRyngvp15QjtBSAgeNzY6oWzPo-

CO1 Understand and perform the basics of financial analytics.
CO2 Application of quantitative methods for financial data analysis
CO3 Apply Multivariate time series analysis for financial data of any business
CO4 Analyse the data using Jamovi real world application
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 1 - - - 2 3
CO2 - 2 2 - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - -
CO4 - 2 - 2 - -
AVG 1 2 2 2.5 2 3
SEMESTER – IV
Advanced Business
Course Name Course Code : MBABA456B
Decisions Using Analytics
: 02 CIE Marks : 50
Week
: 02 SEE Marks : 50
L:T:P : 2:0:2 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW:
The objective of this course is to give advanced understanding and practical knowhow of business analytics in
implementing analytical projects across various management domains of organizations from a managerial
perspective.
• To provide understanding of unsupervised learning in market segmentation, market structure analysis and
industry analysis across business domains.
• To provide understanding of affinity analysis in purchase decisions, investment decisions, product
recommendations and other areas in business organizations.
• To provide indepth understanding of implementing advanced regression-based models in practical situations
across all business domains within business organizations.
• To provide indepth understanding of implementing advanced classification-based models in practical situations
across all business domains within business organizations.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction to Clustering, Application, Distance measures:Numerical data,
categorical data and mixed data; Hierarchical Clustering: Steps involved, Linkages, Dendograms,
08
Validating Clusters, Limitations; Non-Hierarchical Clustering: K-Means Clustering, steps involved,
Dendogram, Elbow Curve Method, Creating Clusters and interpreting clusters.
MODULE 2: Introduction to Affinitiy Analysis, Association Rules in transactions, Generating
Candidate rules, Introduction to apriori algorithm, Rules: Support and Confidence, Lift Ratio, Rule
selection, Interpretation and statistical significnace of rules, Pros and Cons; affinity analysis in 07
Marketing, Finance and HR; Recommender systems and Market Basket Analysis; Colloborative
Filtering: User Based Similarity, item Based Similarity
MODULE 3: Introduction to advanced regression models: Concepts and Definition-Gradient
Descent: Implementation and finding optimal bias and weights; Building machine learning
07
models, Bias-variance Trade-off, K-fold Cross Validation, Applying regularization: Ridge,
LASSO and Elastic Net Regression
MODULE 4: Introduction to advanced classification models: Concepts and Definition-Dealing
with Imbalanced 100 Datasets, Logistic and KNN Algorithm: Grid Search to find optimal
08
parameters, Ensemble Methods, Random Forest: Building Random Forest Model, Grid Search,
ROC curve, Boosing: AdaBoost and Gradient Boosting
MODULE 5: Neural Networks: Introduction, Concept and Structure, Fitting a Network to Data,
Advantages and Weaknesses of Neural Networks. 10
Cases to be discussed from every unit using Kaggle and github datasets and cases.
• Introduction to SAS JMP, R and Python: Framework for analysing unsupervised algorithms for business
cases, Data Preparation and Data Preprocessing; Clustering in Business decisions: Implementing
Hierarchical and Non-Hierarchical clustering before analytical model building on business cases; Affinity
analysis: Discovering association rules on practical transactional databases from domains of marketing,
finance and HR; Applying regularization in case of regression models using Ridge, LASSO and Elastic Net
Regression; Applying Ensemble Methods, Random Forest methods; Applying neural networks and its
relevance in Business.
• Preparing a report based on any live business case using any appropriate method.
Recommended Books:
1. Data Mining for Business Analytics: Concepts, Techniques and Applications in Python, Galit Shmueli,
Peter C.Bruce, Peter Gedeck, Nitin R. Patel, Wiley 2019
2. Machine Learning using Python, 1st Edition, Manaranjan Pradhan and U Dinesh Kumar, Wiley, 2019
Reference Books:
1. Data Mining for Business Analytics: Concepts, Techniques and Applications in R, Galit Shmueli, Peter C.
Bruce, Peter Gedeck, Nitin R. Patel, Wiley, 2019
2. Data Mining for Business Analytics: Concepts, Techniques, and Applications with JMP PRO, Peter C.
Bruce, Galit Shmueli, Nitin R. Patel, Wiley, 2016

The student will be able to understand the conceptual and practical aspects of using unsupervised learning
CO1
methods for larger datasets before building analytics models in business for decision making
The student will be able to understand the conceptual and practical aspects of using recommender systems
CO2 and methods for transactional datasets in domains of marketing, finance and HR
The student will be able to understand the conceptual and practical aspects of advanced classification
CO3
based models and its applications in domains of marketing, finance and HR.
The student will be able to apply concepts of Neural Networks and demonstrate ability to evaluate the
CO4
applications and feasibility of analytical methods using real cases from India and rest of the world
CO – PO Matrix
Outcome
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - 2 - - -
CO4 - - - 3 - 2
AVG 3 3 2 3 - 2
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name : Project Quality Management Course Code: MPMBA413
No. of Tutorial/Practical Hours / Week :02 SEE Marks: 50
COURSE OVERVIEW :
Quality for Project Managers applies quality principles to project management itself, as well
as to the products and services resulting from projects. It brings to the forefront the essentials
of project quality management and its vital link to business success, with a focus on the tools
and essentials of effective quality management that work for your organization, regardless of
your industry. The course shows you how to integrate quality management concepts with
project management program to support your business success and also students will learn
about the philosophy and principles of quality management and learn how to translate these
concepts into specific actions that are key to successful project quality efforts.
1. Understand the knowledge of quality management theories and concepts.
2. Learn quality management techniques to take decisions.
3. Gain knowledge of ethical and socially responsible plan to achieve quality management goals.
4. Gain insight on integrating quality management into project life cycle to achieve
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1:
Introduction to Quality Management: Meaning of quality, cost of quality, benefits of
quality, evolution of quality, wheel of quality, quality movement, quality concept. 8
MODULE 2:
Project quality planning: Meaning, types of plan, phases of quality planning,
understanding the customer, defining the requirement, project attributes, and 8
specification practices.
MODULE 3:
Cost of quality: History of quality cost development, Goals of quality cost, quality cost 8
categories, quality cost elements, uses of quality cost-quality improvement and cost,
quality cost and plan, cost of quality in small business.
MODULE 4:
Project quality control and quality improvement: Role of inspection, quality control
tools-tools for collecting data, tools for understanding data, tools for understanding 8
process, tools for analyzing process, tools for solving problems.
MODULE 5:
Quality and people in project management: Capabilities of project people, decision
performance options matrix, quality team for project, quality team project 8
development.
• Students should identify quality management techniques of any organization and submit a
report.
• Student should visit project organization, should present by identifying the steps in the
quality management planning.
• Student should submit quality management tools used in the project organization.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Quality management, Lewis Ireland, PMI,
2. Quality management, Kenneth H Rose, Ross publishing,-2005
3. Principles of quality cost, Douglas C wood, ASQ quality press-2013
CO1 Explain the knowledge of quality management theories and concepts into the real world
situations
CO2 Apply ethical and socially responsible plan in order to achieve quality management goals.
CO3 Analyze critically quality management techniques in order to take data driven decisions.
CO4 Assess the quality management into project life cycle to achieve organizational goals.
CO – PO Mapping
PO1 PO 2 PO3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - - - - - 3
CO4 - - - - 3 -
Avg. 3 3 - - 3 3
SEMESTER – IV
Course: Project Procurement Management Code: MPMBA414
No. of Lecture Hours / Week : 03 CIE Marks : 50
: 02 SEE Marks : 50
Hours / Week
L:T:P :3 CREDITS : 03
COURSE OVERVIEW
This course presents fundamental concepts and techniques for project acquisition and
procurement. Students are introduced to the PMBOK Guide procurement process and expected
to develop an in-depth understanding of project evaluation, planning, financing, and
contracting, negotiation, and procurement execution. It also covers the necessity of acquiring
and managing resources on a project to ensure its success. Students will learn the process of
acquiring external resources through suppliers and the legal requirements associated with
contracts, and study the best practices regarding contract management and purchasing within
a project management environment.
1. Understand the core principles of project procurement management, consistent with the
PMBOK Guide.
2. Provide the knowledge on procurement environment, techniques, and procurement
planning strategy.
3. Understand the techniques for successfully delivering projects and legal aspects of project.
4. Learn the collaborative procurement practices and enhancing procurement efficiency.
TEACHIN
MODULES G HOURS
MODULE 1:
Procurement management & categories: Definition of project procurement
management, Procurement delegation authority, project procurement process. 8
Planning procurement into generic category. Understanding the anatomy of project
procured. PMBOK’s guidelines for procurement.
MODULE 2 :
Procurement Basics: Characteristics of project considered. Focal point of
procurements, procurement environment, procurement management techniques, 8
integrated procurement management. Project procurement and project
management. Procurement & the E-world.
MODULE 3:
The project procurement plan: Define project scope, Make or buy analysis,
Matching & Locating potential sellers, full funding. Scope definition. Procurement 8
systems: Definition & characteristics, public & private procurement systems.
Procurement lifecycle.
MODULE 4:
8
Legal aspects of project procurement: Legal rights and responsibilities of project
procurement, contract negotiations, project procurement closeout, preparation of
prime specifications, preparation of conditions of contract.
MODULE 5:
Procurement and Best Business Practices, Sourcing Management, Supplier Selection
Criteria, Contract Formation and Administration for Optimum Supplier Performance,
The Procurement Function's Internal Relationships, Supplier Relationship 8
Management (SRM), Close procurement: Preparation for evaluation, award of the
contract, formation of the contract document, debriefing of successful offer on re-
procurement.
• Analyze the importance of procurement in the project management process.
• Discuss whether procurement can or should be eliminated or replaced by alternate
organizational activities.
• Discuss what unintended consequences occur in the project management process when
procurement is poorly executed.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Quentis w Fleming, “Project Procurement management”. Contracting, sub-contracting,
and teaming. FMC Publishers, 1st edition (October 2003), ISBN -13:978-0974391205,
ISBN-10 : 0974391204
2. Attila Kovacs, “Enhancing procurement practices.” Springer science + business media Ltd,
2004 edition, ISBN 978-1-4613-4731-6
3. Stephen Guth, (2009), “Project procurement mgmt.: A guide to structured procurements.”
4. Fred Sollish MS, John Semanik , The Procurement and Supply Manager's Desk Reference,
Second Edition, , John Wiley & Sons, Inc. ISBN:9781118130094
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The PMBOK® Guide – Sixth Edition
CO1 Explain the core principles of project procurement management, consistent with the
PMBOK Guide in a project environment
CO2 Assess the techniques for successfully delivering projects and knowledge of legal aspects
of project procurement.
CO3 Analyze the procurement environment, techniques, for developing effective
procurement planning strategy.
CO4 Apply the collaborative procurement practices to procure resources, source selection
and contract awarding within a project’s scope to enhance the efficiency.
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 2 - - - -
CO3 - - 3 - - -
CO4 - - - - 2 -
Avg. 3 2 3 - 2 -

SEMESTER –IV
Code : MPMBA455A
Course : Agile Project Management
No. of Lecture Hours/Week :03 CIE Marks : 50

Total No. of Lecture + Tutorial / Practical Hours:40 SEE Duration:03Hrs
L:T:P : 3-0-0 CREDIT:03

COURSE OVERVIEW:
Agile project management has become an increasingly powerful and popular manner to
develop new or improved products, services, or results in a variety of fields such as software
development, engineering, product development, pharmaceuticals, and process
improvement. In environments with moderate uncertainty, agile project management has
been found to produce higher customer satisfaction in less time compared to more
traditional, plan-driven project management methodologies.
1. Understand the agile concepts, agile principles for enhancing efficiency.
2. Execute the Agile in enterprise framework implementation.
3. To provide knowledge on agile project management adaptive approaches and strategies.
4. To analyze working in agile, Implementation, and scaling agile in organization.
TEACHING
MODULES HOURS
MODULE 1:
Understanding Agile: Agility defined, agile methods, agile leadership values,
agile performance measurement, the benefits of being agile, History of agile 8
management, agile business objectives. Modernizing project management, the
agile manifesto on principles, why agile works better.
MODULE 2:
Managing in Agile & An Agile project management model: Managing scope
and procurement, Managing Time and cost, Managing team dynamics and
8
communication, managing quality and risk. Managing agile project is different,
agile enterprise framework, an agile delivery framework, an expanded agile
delivery framework.
MODULE 3:
Being Agile and Agile Strategy: Agile frameworks, putting agile to action: The
environment, behaviors. Introduction to agile strategy, strategic management, 8
innovation and entrepreneurship, management implications. Agile management
techniques.
MODULE 4:
Working in agile and Implementation: Defining product vision and product 8
roadmap, planning releases and sprints, working through the day, showcasing
work and incorporating feedback, preparing for release. Agile project
management, agile program management, governance, quality and test
management, risk management, configuration management.
MODULE 5
Organization and people : Organizational culture, organizational learning, self-
organization, scaling agile, team psychological safety, motivation, commitment, 8
emotional intelligence, personality, building self-organizing teams, get the right
people, encourage collaboration.
• Prepare report on product roadmap and planning process practice by organizations
with agility approach.
• Develop an agile enterprise framework and delivery frame work of an organization.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Jim Highsmith, “ Agile Project Management”, second edition, Pearson education, Inc,
2010, ISBN – 13:978-0-321-65839-5
2. Kevin Aguanno, PMP,MAPM, “Managing Agile Projects” , Multi-media Publications Inc.,
2004, ISBN 1-895186-12-9
3. Mark C Layton, “ Agile Project Management for Dummies”, John wiley and sons, Inc, 2012
4. Alan Moran, “Managing Agile : strategy, implementation, organization & People”,
Springer, 2015, ISBN 978-3-319-16261-4
CO1 Explain agile project management adaptive approaches and strategies.
CO2 Apply the agile project management concepts with an emphasis on enhancing the
efficiency.
CO3 Analyze working in agile, Implementation, and scaling agile in organization.
CO4 Assess the Agile in enterprise framework implementation.
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 2 - - - -
CO3 - - 3 - - -
CO4 - - - - 2 -
CO 3 2 3 - 2 -

SEMESTER – IV
Course: Project Management in Construction Course Code: MPMBA455B
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course provides knowledge about the implications of Project Management in Construction.
Students will understand the construction industry and its management through scientific
methods. The course enables in developing analytical skills in students by solving real time
cases. Course content elaborates the functioning construction industry comprehensively in
terms of basics of project management, strategies formulation, accountability in project, cost
reduction, equipment planning and implementing lean.
1. To understand principles and techniques of managing engineering and construction
projects from the conceptual phase
2. To learn the general conditions in the jobsite
3. To acquire the knowledge on estimating and cost analysis.
4. To enable lean process in construction.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1:
Introduction to construction management: Introduction, Delivery and
procurement methods, Pricing, Construction contracts, Project management,
General contractor organizations, Risk analysis 10
Jobsite general conditions: Elements of jobsite general conditions,
Development of jobsite general conditions estimates, Strategies, Accounting of
jobsite general conditions, Impact of change orders, claims, and delays on general
conditions
MODULE 2:
Introduction to estimating: Introduction, Work breakdown structure, Quantity
take-off, Estimate summary. 8
Overhead and profit: Creation of the general conditions estimate, Management
of the home office general conditions budget, Breakeven analysis, Profits.
MODULE 3:
Cost control: Introduction, Cost control cycle and connection with accounting 8
processes, Establishment of the cost base, including buyout, Foreman work
packages, Direct labor and material and subcontract cost coding, Monthly project
management forecasting to the home office.
Activity-based costing: Methodology of activity-based costing, Home office
activity-based costing applications, Jobsite activity-based costing applications.
MODULE 4:
Equipment use and depreciation: Introduction, Equipment types, Equipment
ownership, Equipment operation, Equipment allocation to job cost, Maintenance 8
expense allocations, Depreciation
Cash flow: Cash flow curve process, Jobsite expenditures, Jobsite revenue, Net
cash flow and impacts to home office, Methods to improve cash flow.
MODULE 5:
Lean construction techniques: Introduction, Lean construction, Value 6
engineering, Subcontractors and suppliers, Supply chain material management,
Jobsite laydown and material handling
1. Visit the job sites and understand contemporary project management practices.
2. Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for projects
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Project Management For Engineering And Construction, Garold D. Oberlender, McGraw -Hill
Higher Education.
2. Construction Project Management, S. Keoki Sears, Glenn A. Sears, Richard H. Clough, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc.
3. Cost Accounting and Financial Management for Construction Project Managers, Len Holm,
Routledge.
Reference Book:
1. Project Management for Construction Fundamental Concepts for Owners, Engineers,
Architects, and Builders, Chris Hendrickson, Chris T. Hendrickson, Tung Au 1989, Prentice
Hall.
2. Construction Project Management, K K Chitkara, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
3. Practical Project Management for Building and Construction, Hans Ottosson (2016), CRC
Press
4. Project Scheduling and Management for Construction, David R. Pierce (2013), Wiley
5. Construction Project Management, Kumar Neeraj Jha (2015), Pearson Education India.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 Explain the concepts and functions of Project Management in construction industry to
solve the business problems.
CO2 Apply the knowledge of project estimates for assessing the profitability of project of the
business firms.
CO3 Analyze the cost centers and allocate equipment.
CO4 Assess the project motions and provide a lean framework to support Business
Operations
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 3 - - - -
CO2 - - - 3 - -
CO3 - 3 - - 2 -
CO4 - 3 - - - -
Avg. 3 3 - 3 2 -
SEMESTER – IV
Course Name : Project Risk Management Course Code: MPMBA456A
No. of Lecture Hours/Week :03 CIE Marks: 50

Total No. of Lecture + Tutorial / Practical Hours:40 SEE Duration:03Hrs
L:T:P : 3:0:0 CREDITS:03
COURSE OVERVIEW :
This course offers a comprehensive overview and a broad perspective of the Project Risk
Management. While emphasizing traditional risk management and insurance, this course
introduces other types of risk management and stresses that professionals may use the same in
project management & general framework to manage all types of risk. Students are provided a
framework for making Project Risk management decisions to increase business value,
understanding insurance contracts and the insurance industry’s institutional features, and
understanding the effects of and the rationale for public policies that affect risk.
1. To gain knowledge of concept of Project risk and risk management.
2. To learn the mechanism of insurance contract, legal aspects of insurance contract,
functions, and structures.
3. To understand the techniques of business risks and individual risks.
4. To provide knowledge on analysis and management of insurance risks in the projects.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1: Introduction- Managing project Risk- Creating a Risk management.
Plan - Identifying a Project Risks, Performing a Risk Analysis. 8
MODULE 2: Risk Management and Risk Identification: Risk-Risk and
Uncertainty - Types of Risk-Burden of Risk-Sources of Risk-Methods of handling
Risk-Degree of Risk-Management of Risk. Risk Identification-Business Risk 8
Exposures - Individual -Exposures of Financial Assets - (Theory).
MODULE 3: Risk Measurement- Evaluating the Frequency and Severity of
Losses-Risk Control-Risk Financing Techniques-Risk Management Decision
Methods-Pooling Arrangements and Diversification of Risk. Advanced Issues in 8
Risk Management: Decision Making, Other Risk Management Tools. (Theory).
MODULE 4: Introduction to Insurance Risk and Insurance- Definition and
Basic Characteristics of Insurance-Requirements of an Insurable Risk-Adverse
Selection and Insurance-Insurance vs. Gambling Insurance vs. Hedging Types of
Insurance-Essentials of Insurance Contracts. Indian Insurance Industry – 8
Historical. Framework of Insurance, Insurance sector Reforms in India. IRDA-
Duties and powers of IRDA-IRDA Act 1999. (Theory).
MODULE 5: Management of Insurance Companies- Functions and
Organization of Insurers- Types of Insurance Organization, Organizational
Structure of Insurance Companies-Functions of Insurers. Claims Management-
Claim Settlement in General Insurance-Claim Settlement in Life Insurance. 8
(Theory).
• Analyze the insurance potential in India based on secondary data.
• Meet Insurance advisors/Agents and have a discussion on requirements of insurance
selling.
• Select insurance company of your interest and study the risk management procedures
followed by that company.
• Analyze risk management techniques used by the banks, cement companies, automobile
companies.\Visit the IRDA website and identify the rules and regulations governed by
IRDA with respect to Marketing of insurance in rural markets.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Managing the project risk- Paul Newton, ISBN-978-1-62620-986-4.
2. Principles of Risk Management and Insurance, George E Rejda, (2009),Twelfth Edition,
Pearson, New Delhi.
3. Insurance and Risk Management, P.K. Gupta, (2010), First Edition, Himalaya Publishing
House, Mumbai.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
▪ Risk Management and Insurance, Scott E. Harrington, Gregory R Niehaus, (2007),
Second Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
▪ Introduction to Risk Management and Insurance, Dorfman, Mark S., (2008), 10th
Edition, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi.
▪ Principles and Practice of Insurance, P. Periasamy, (2009), Second Edition, Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai.

CO1 Explain the concept of Project risk and risk management.
CO2 Apply the mechanism of insurance contract, legal aspects of insurance contract,
functions, and structures.
CO3 Analyze the techniques of business risks and individual risks.
CO4 Assess the knowledge of analysis and management of insurance risks in the projects
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - -
CO3 - 3 - - - -
CO4 3 - - - - -
Avg. 3 3 - - - -
SEMESTER – IV
Course: Managing Public Sector Projects Course Code: MPMBA456B

Total No. of Lecture + Tutorial / Practical Hours:40 SEE Duration:03Hr
COURSE OVERVIEW:
This course provides knowledge about the fundamentals of public sector project
management. Students examine the strategic framework, project managers skills,
characteristics and stages involved in effectively managing the public sector projects. It
explores the knowledge on channel partners, importance of agreements and controlling the
public sector projects.
1. To acquaint students with public sector project system, its practices and to provide basic
framework to manage the projects.
2. To understand the public sector project process and structure for executing effectively.
3. To understand the operations functions of public sector projects.
4. To comprehend the technological up gradation and application in public sector project
management.
TEACHING
MODULES
HOURS
MODULE 1:
Introducing public sector project management: Public projects, public sector
project management, financing public projects, Public project managers: Types, 8
skills, attributes and requirements, leadership and managerial competencies,
political ideology, public projects succeed and failure.
MODULE 2:
Strategic Framework for public sector project management: Framework
Element :Starting with right plan ; Selecting right agents ; Entering into the right 8
agreements; monitoring and controlling the projects ; Maintaining active
involvement in the operation and Maintenance.
MODULE 3:
Project Planning : Getting the Concept right , Getting it right – the preliminary
steps of public sector project planning ; concluding with feasibility study 8
Project Planning : Developing and refining the process - The project
accountability structure, The GAO’s five standards for internal control;
documentation, preventing fraud in public projects, performance vs design
specification, concluding intermediate planning stage.
MODULE 4: 8
Selecting the best agents - Building the project team - Project management
team, team dynamics .
Selecting the best agent – Contractors and Consultants – Procuring
contractors and consultants, procurement rules, successful procurement
characteristics
MODULE 5:
Enacting Advantageous Agreements - Essential elements of contracts,
Allocating contract risks, Contract pricing structure, contract provisions and
project risk, Breach of contract provisions. 8
Controlling public projects : Measuring project progress, evaluating and
correcting project problems, keeping stakeholders ; Project closeout and
beyond.
1. Visit the Websites/ personal of three different public sector projects
2. Get details of the various projects offered by them.
3. Prepare a Comprehensive Report for public projects of your choice.
4. Explain the operational details for the project.
5. Interview public project managers and prepare report on pros and challenges.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Managing Public Sector Projects_ A Strategic Framework for Success in an Era of
Downsized Government, David S Kassel, CRC Press. 2010, Taylor and Francis Group.
2. Public-Sector Project Management_ Meeting the Challenges and Achieving Results,
3. PMP Project Management Professional Practice Tests.
4. PMI Project Management Body of Knowledge PMBOK, 6th edition, 2017, Project
Management Institute.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 Explain the concepts and functions of public project management
CO2 Examine the dimensions of financial, legal, and technical requirement of the project
firm.
CO3 Identify the essentials, provisions, and structure of different types of public sector
projects.
CO4 Evaluate the operational stages of public sector projects.
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - 2 -
CO3 - 3 - - - -
CO4 - - - 3 - -
Avg. 3 3 - 3 2 -

2022-24 MBA Scheme and Syllabus

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2022-24 MBA Scheme and Syllabus

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PG Autonomous Scheme and Syllabus

Total No. Credit Distribution

2-Specilization Core 3+3

Internship and Project 8

Sl. Course Credits

Course Name Duration CIE SEE Credits

No. Code L T P Total

1 PC MHRBA201 Human Resource Management 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 3

9 AC MAEBA209 Leadership (NPTEL course) 0 0 2 2 50 NA 50 0

TOTAL 21 0 8 - 450 400 850 24

Sl. Hours/Week dits

Sl. Hours/Week Credi

1 PC MTBBA401 Technology in Business Management 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4

2 PC MEDBA402 Entrepreneurship Development 4 0 0 3 50 50 100 4

Professional Elective Core-1

Specialization Courses Title - Semester: III

Sl. Course Course Name

1 PSC MMMBA313 Consumer Behavior 4

Specialization Courses Title - Semester : IV

1 PSC MMMBA413 Logistics and Supply Management 3

Sl Course Course Name

1 PSC MHRBA313 Recruitment & Selection 4

Specialization Courses Title - Semester : IV

Sl Course Course Name

1 PSC MHRBA413 Managing International Workforce 3

MHRBA455A Persona Growth & Interpersonal

Sl Course Course Name

1 PSC MFMBA313 Security Analysis & Portfolio Management 4

Specialization Courses Title - Semester : IV

Sl Course Course Name

1 PSC MFMBA413 Global Financial Management 3

Sl Course Course Name

1 PSC MBABA313 Introduction to Python data and Control systems. 4

Specialization Courses Title - Semester : IV

Sl Course Course Name

Sl.no. Course Code Course Name

1 MPMBA313 Basics of Project Management

IV SEMESTER – List of Subjects

Sl.no. Course Code Course Name

1 MPMBA413 Project Quality Management

MPMBA456A Project risk management

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs): After completion of course, student should be able to

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES (CLO) :

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs): After completion of course student should be able to

Mapping: 3-High, 2-Medium, and 1-Low

Mapping: 3-High, 2-Medium and 1-Low

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES (CLO) :

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

Activity Based Learning (Assessed through OAT for CIE only):

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

Mapping: 3- High, 2- Medium and 1 –Low

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs):

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs):

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs):